BIS - LIMS (Laboratory Information Management System)

Search by IS Number

Reset

15366 Results

S.No.

Lab Name

Osl Code

Indian Standard No.

Product

Grade / Type / Size / Designation etc.

Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)

Validity Date

Remark

10771

KC INDIA TEST LABORATORIES LLP, GHAZIABAD

9140406

IS 9968 : Part 2 (2002)

Specification for elastomer - Insulated cables: Part 2 for working voltages from 3.3 kV up to and including 33 kV (First Revision)

Size: 16 to 630 sqmm

190000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4.1(CONDUCTORS: Cables for Fixed Installation)	-	200	-
4.2(CONDUCTORS:Flexible Cables)	-	200	-
5(INSULATION)	-	200	-
6(SEMICONDUCTING COMPOUND)	-	200	-
7.1(Proofed Tape)	-	200	-
7.1(Proofed Tape: Thickness)	-	200	-
7.2(Polyethylene Terephthalate ( P E T P ) or Polypropylene Base Tape : Thickness)	-	200	-
7.3(Tape )	-	200	-
8(SCREENING)	-	200	-
9(CENTRE AND FILLERS)	-	200	-
10(ARMOUR)	-	200	-
11.1(Inner Sheath)	-	200	-
11.2(Outer Sheath)	-	200	-
12.1(Tapes)	-	200	-
12.2(Cords and Yarns)	-	200	-
13.1 & 13.2(CONSTRUCTION:CONDUCTORS-Cables for Fixed Installations/Flexible Cables)	-	200	-
13.3(Earthing Conductor)	-	200	-
13.3.1(Earthing Conductor)	-	200	-
13.4(Separator Tape)	-	200	-
14(CONDUCTOR SCREENING)	-	200	-
15.1(INSULATION : Application)	-	200	-
15.2(Thickness of Insulation)	-	1000	-
15.3(Tolerance on Thickness of Insulation)	-	1000	-
16.1(INSULATION SCREENING : Application)	-	200	-
16.2(INSULATION SCREENING : Parts )	-	200	-
16.3(INSULATION SCREENING : Non Metallic Parts )	-	200	-
16.4(INSULATION SCREENING : Metallic Parts )	-	200	-
17(CORE IDENTIFICATION)	-	200	-
17(CORE IDENTIFICATION: Unscreed cable )	-	200	-
18.1(LAYING UP OF CORES)	-	200	-
18.2(LAYING UP OF CORES : Flexible cable)	-	200	-
18.3(LAYING UP OF CORES : Binder Tape)	-	200	-
19.1(Inner Sheath : Application)	-	200	-
19.2(Thickness of Inner Sheath)	-	1000	-
19.3(Inner Sheath : proofed tape)	-	200	-
20.1(ARMOURING: Application)	-	200	-
20.2(Type of Armour)	-	200	-
20.2 1.2(Direction of lay of armour)	-	200	-
20.2 1.3(Joint in armour)	-	200	-
20.2.2(Filling Factot )	-	200	-
20.2.2(Diameter of braiding)	-	200	-
20.2.2.1(Braiding material)	-	200	-
20.3(Substitution of the galvanized steel wires/formed)	-	200	-
21.1(OUTER SHEATH)	-	200	-
21.2(Coulor of Outer sheath)	-	200	-
21.3(Thickness of Outer Sheat: Average)	-	1000	-
21.3(Thickness of Outer Sheat: Minimum)	-	1000	-
22.1 a)1)(Annealing test (for copper) - IS 10810: Part 1)	-	500	-
22.1 a)2)(Tensile test (for aluminium) -IS 10810: Part 2)	-	1000	-
22.1 a)3)(Wrapping Test (for aluminium) - IS 10810: Part 3)	-	1000	-
22.1 a)4)(Conductor resistance test)	-	1000	-
22.1 a)5)(Persulphate test (tinned copper conductor)- IS 10810: Part 4)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)1)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 1) Dimensions -IS 10810: Part 36)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2)i)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 2) Tensile Strentgh -IS 10810: Part 37)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2)ii)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 2) Elongation at break -IS 10810: Part 37)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2)iii)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 3) Torsion (for round wires only) -IS 10810: Part 38)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2)iv)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 4) Winding (for strips only) -IS 10810: Part 39)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2)v)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 5) Zinc coating : Uniformity-IS 10810: Part 40)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2)vi)(Test for Galvanized Steel Wires/Formed Wires 5) Zinc coating : Mass -IS 10810: Part 41)	-	1000	-
22.1 b)2) vii) (Resistivity - IS 10810: Part 42)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)2)(Physical Tests for Insulation : Tensile Strenth - IS 10810: Part 7)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)2)(Physical Tests for Insulation : Elongation - IS 10810: Part 7)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)2)(Physical Tests for Sheath : Tensile Strenth - IS 10810: Part 7)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)2)(Physical Tests for Sheath : Elongation - IS 10810: Part 7)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Insulation ( Ageing in air oven): Tensile Strenth - IS 10810: Part 11)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Insulation ( Ageing in air oven): Tensile Strenth Variation - IS 10810: Part 12)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Insulation( Ageing in air oven) : Elongation - IS 10810: Part 11)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Insulation( Ageing in air oven) : Elongation variation - IS 10810: Part 12)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Sheath( Ageing in air oven) : Tensile Strenth - IS 10810: Part 11)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Sheath( Ageing in air oven) : Tensile Strenth variation - IS 10810: Part 12)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Sheath ( Ageing in air oven): Elongation - IS 10810: Part 11)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)3)(Physical Tests for Sheath ( Ageing in air oven): Elongation variation - IS 10810: Part 12)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)4)(Physical Tests for Insulation ( Ageing in air bomb): Tensile Strenth variation - IS 10810: Part 56)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)4)(Physical Tests for Insulation( Ageing in air bomb) : Elongation variation - IS 10810: Part 56)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)4)(Physical Tests for Sheath(Ageing in air bomb) : Tensile Strenth variation - IS 10810: Part 56)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)4)(Physical Tests for Sheath ( Ageing in air bomb): Elongation variation - IS 10810: Part 56)	-	1000	-
22.1 c)5)(Physical Tests for Insulation :Hot set Elongation - IS 10810: Part 30)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)5)(Physical Tests for Insulation :Permanent set - IS 10810: Part 30)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)5)(Physical Tests for Sheath :Hot set Elongation - IS 10810: Part 30)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)5)(Physical Tests for Sheath :Permanent set - IS 10810: Part 30)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)6)(Physical Tests for Sheath(Oil resistance test) : Tensile Strenth Variation - IS 10810: Part 31)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)6)(Physical Tests for Sheath ( Oil resistance test): Elongation Variation - IS 10810: Part 31)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)7)(Tear Resistance test - IS 10810: Part 17)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)8)(Shrinkage : Insulation - IS 10810: Part 12)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)8)(Shrinkage test- Crack observed : Insulation - IS 10810: Part 13)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)8)(Shrinkage test : Sheath - IS 10810: Part 12)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)8)(Shrinkage test - Crack oberved : Sheath - IS 10810: Part 13)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)9)(Hot deformation test : Insulation - IS 10810: Part 15)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)9)(Hot deformation test : Sheath - IS 10810: Part 15)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)10)(Loss of mass in air oven : Insulation - IS 10810: Part 10)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)10)(Loss of mass in air oven : Sheath - IS 10810: Part 10)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)11)(Heat shock : Insulation - IS 10810: Part 14)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)11)(Heat shock : Sheath - IS 10810: Part 14)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)12)(Thermal stability : Insulation - IS 10810: Part 60)	-	1500	-
22.1 c)12)(Thermal stability : Sheath - IS 10810: Part 60)	-	1500	-
22.1 d)(Insulation Resistance Test: Volume resistivity )	-	1500	-
22.1 d)(Insulation Resistance Test: Insulation resistance constant )	-	1500	-
22.1 e)(Partial Discharge Test)	-	35000	-
22.1 f)(Bending Test Followed by Partial Discharge Test)	-	25000	-
22.1 g)(Dielectric Power Factor Test 1) As a function of Voltage)	-	1000	-
22.1 g)(Dielectric Power Factor Test 1) As a function of temperature)	-	1000	-
22.1 h)(Heating Cycle Test)	-	25000	-
22.1 j)(Impulse Withstand Test)	-	25000	-
22.1 k)(High Voltage Test for Four Hours)	-	25000	-
22.1 m)(Water Absorption Test - IS 10810: Part 28)	-	1500	-
22.1 n)(Flammability)	-	5000	-
24.1(Manufacturer's Identification)	-	200	-
24.2(Voltage Identification)	-	200	-
24.3(Cable Code)	-	200	-
25.2.1(Marking on drum )	-	200	-
25.2.2(BIS Certification Marking)	-	200	-

06 Jun, 2027

-
Included w.e.f. 20.12.2023. Size: 16 to 630 sqmm

10772

Hindustaan Testing Solutions LLP, Ambala

9122136

IS 2202 : Part 2 (2022)

WOODEN FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS SOLID CORE TYPE SPECIFICATION PART 2 PARTICLE BOARD HIGH DENSITY FIBRE BOARD MEDIUM DENSITY FIBRE BOARD AND HARDBOARD FACE PANELS Fourth Revision

All

24800 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Clause No - 6.1(Timber)	-	2000	Extra charges for Clause 6.1-2000
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials (LVL)	-	17500	Extra charges for Clause 6.2-17500
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials veneer laminated lumber (VLL))	-	11700	Extra charges for Clause 6.2-11700
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials medium density fibre board (MDF))	-	13800	Extra charges for Clause 6.2-13800
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials -plywood)	-	17500	Extra charges for Clause 6.2-for IS 710-12600 & IS 303-4900
Clause No -6.2(BWP grade flush door shutter)	-	0	-
Clause No -6.3.1("Face Panels: Particle Board MDF/ HDF Fibre Hardboard")	-	14700	Extra charges for Clause 6.3.1for IS 3087-14700
Clause No -6.4(Adhesive)	-	8000	Extra Charges for Clause 6.4 for MR-7200 & BWP-8000
Clause No -7.1(Construction)	-	0	-
Clause No - 7.3(" MDF board or HDF board ")	-	0	-
Clause No -9.2("Workmanship and finish")	-	200	-
Clause No -10.1(tests for flush door shutters)	-	20000	-
Clause No -10.2(End Immersion Test)	-	3400	BWP-2800, MR-600
Clause No -10.3(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	1200	Testing Charges for -24200-BWP & 22000-MR Extra charges for Clause 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 7.2 raw material as mention in remarks 20% discount to BIS GSTIN applicable as per govt rule
Clause No -11(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	0	-
Clause No -12("ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK")	-	0	-
Clause No - 6.1(Timber)	-	0	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials (LVL)	-	0	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials veneer laminated lumber (VLL))	-	0	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials medium density fibre board (MDF))	-	0	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials -plywood)	-	0	-
Clause No -6.2(BWP grade flush door shutter)	-	0	-
Clause No -6.3.1("Face Panels: Particle Board MDF/ HDF Fibre Hardboard")	-	0	-
Clause No -6.4(Adhesive)	-	0	-
Clause No -7.1(Construction)	-	0	-
Clause No - 7.3(" MDF board or HDF board ")	-	0	-
Clause No -9.2("Workmanship and finish")	-	0	-
Clause No -10.1(tests for flush door shutters)	-	0	-
Clause No -10.2(End Immersion Test)	-	0	-
Clause No -10.3(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	0	-
Clause No -11(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	0	-
Clause No -12("ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK")	-	0	-
5(SIZES AND TOLERANCES)	-	0	-
6.5(The swelling in thickness of the particle board, MDF and HDF board for core)	-	800	Testing Charges for -24200-BWP & 22000-MR Extra charges for Clause 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 7.2 raw material as mention in remarks 20% discount to BIS GSTIN applicable as per govt rule

12 Sep, 2028

-
Included w.e.f. 16.01.2024

10773

KC INDIA TEST LABORATORIES LLP, GHAZIABAD

9140406

IS 1554 : Part 2 (1988)

Specification for pvc insulated (Heavy Duty) electric cables: Part 2 for working voltages from 3.3 kV up to and including 11 kV (Second Revision)

Size: 25 to 630 sqmm

190000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
3.1(CONDUCTOR)	-	200	-
3.1.1(CONDUCTOR)	-	200	-
4.1(INSULATION)	-	200	-
5.1(SCREENING)	-	200	-
6.1(FILLERS AND INNER SHEATH)	-	500	-
6.2(FILLERS AND INNER SHEATH)	-	500	-
7.1(ARMOURING)	-	200	-
7.2(ARMOURING)	-	200	-
8.1(OUTER SHEATH)	-	200	-
9.1(CONDUCTOR)	-	200	-
9.2(CONDUCTOR)	-	200	-
10.1(CONDUCTOR SCREENING)	-	200	-
11.1(INSULATION)	-	200	-
11.2(INSULATION : Thickness of Insulation)	-	200	-
11.3(INSULATION : Tolerance on Thickness of Insulation)	-	200	-
11.4(INSULATION : Application of Insulation)	-	200	-
12.1(INSULATION SCREENING)	-	200	-
12.2(INSULATION SCREENING)	-	200	-
12.3(INSULATION SCREENING)	-	200	-
12.4(INSULATION SCREENING)	-	200	-
13.1(CORE IDENTIFICATION)	-	200	-
13.1.1(CORE IDENTIFICATION)	-	200	-
14.1(LAYING UP OF CORES)	-	200	-
15.1(INNER SHEATH (COMMON COVERING))	-	200	-
15.2(INNER SHEATH (COMMON COVERING))	-	200	-
15.3(INNER SHEATH (COMMON COVERING))	-	200	-
15.4(INNER SHEATH (COMMON COVERING) : Thickness of Inner Sheath)	-	200	-
15.4.1(INNER SHEATH (COMMON COVERING) : Thickness of Inner Sheath)	-	200	-
16.1.1(ARMOURING : Application)	-	200	-
16.1.2(ARMOURING : Application)	-	200	-
16.1.3(ARMOURING : Direction of lay )	-	200	-
16.1.4(ARMOURING : Application)	-	200	-
16.2.1(ARMOURING : Type of Armour)	-	200	-
16.2.2(ARMOURING : Type of Armour)	-	200	-
16.3(Armouring : Dimensions -Wire Diameter)	-	200	-
16.3(Armouring : Dimensions -Formed wire )	-	200	-
16.4(ARMOURING : Joints)	-	200	-
16.5(ARMOURING : Resistance)	-	200	-
13.6 a)(ARMOURING: Tensile Strength)	-	1000	-
13.6 b)(ARMOURING: Elongation )	-	1000	-
13.6 c)(ARMOURING: Torsion Test (For round wire ) )	-	1000	-
13.6 d)(ARMOURING: Winding Test(For formed wire))	-	1000	-
13.6 e)(ARMOURING: Uniformity of zinc coating)	-	1000	-
13.6 f)(ARMOURING: Mass of zinc coating )	-	1000	-
13.6 g)(ARMOURING: Resistivity)	-	1000	-
17.1(OUTER SHEATH)	-	200	-
17.2(OUTER SHEATH : colour )	-	200	-
17.3.1(Thickness of Outer Sheath : Unarmoured Cables)	-	1000	-
17.3.2(Thickness of Outer Sheath : Armoured Cables)	-	1000	-
18.1 a) 1)(Tests on Conductor : Annealing test (for copper))	-	500	-
18.1 a) 2)(Tensile test (for aluminium) - Before stranding )	-	1000	-
18.1 a) 2)(Tensile test (for aluminium) - After stranding )	-	1000	-
18.1 a) 3)(Tests on Conductor : Wrapping test ( for aluminium))	-	1000	-
18.1 a)4)(Tests on conductor : Conductor resistance test - Main conductor )	-	1000	-
18.1 a)4)(Resistance test - Neutral conductor )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 1)(Phyaical tests for insulation : Tensile Test)	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 1)(Phyaical tests for insulation : Elongation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 1)(Physical tests for sheath : Tensile stregth )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 1)(Physical tests for sheath : Elongation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Phyaical tests for insulation- Ageing in air Oven : Tensile Test)	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Phyaical tests for insulation - Ageing in air oven : Elongation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Phyaical tests for insulation - Ageing in air Oven : Tensile Variation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Phyaical tests for insulation- Ageing in air oven : Elongation Variation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Physical tests for outer sheath- Ageing in air oven : Tensile stregth )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Physical tests for outer sheath -Ageing in air oven : Elongation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Physical tests for outer sheath- Ageing in air oven : Tensile stregth Variation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 2)(Physical tests for outer sheath -Ageing in air oven : Elongation Variation )	-	1000	-
18.1 d) 3)(Phyaical tests for insulation : Shrinkage )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 3)(Phyaical tests for insulation : Shrinkage - Crack observed )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 3)(Phyaical tests for Sheath : Shrinkage )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 3)(Phyaical tests for Sheath : Shrinkage - Crack observed )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 4)(Hot deformation : Insulation )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 4)(Hot deformation : Sheath )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 5)( Loss of mass in air oven- Insulation )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 5)( Loss of mass in air oven- sheath )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 6)(Heat shock test- Insulation )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 6)(Heat shock test- sheath )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 7)(Thermal stability- insulation )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 7)(Thermal stability- Sheath )	-	1500	-
18.1 d) 8)(Water absorption (gravimetric)(for insulation, where applicable))	-	1500	-
18.1 e)(Insulation resistance test : Volume Resistivity )	-	1500	-
18.1 e)(Insulation resistance test : IR Constant )	-	1500	-
19.2(Partial discharge test)	-	35000	-
19.3(Bending test)	-	1000	-
19.4(Dielectric power factor test)	-	1000	-
19.4(Dielectric power factor test)	-	1000	-
19.5(Heating cycle test)	-	25000	-
19.6(Impulse withstand test)	-	25000	-
19.7(High voltage test)	-	25000	-
19.8(Flammability test)	-	5000	-
19.9(Oxygen Index Test)	-	5000	-
19.10(Flame Retardance Test on Single Cables)	-	5000	-
19.11(Flame Retardance Test on Bunched Cables)	-	8000	-
19.13(Test for Halogen Acid Gas Evolution)	-	8000	-
19.14(Temperature Index)	-	5000	-
18.4(Optional Test : Cold Impact )	-	3000	-
20.1(IDENTIFICATION : Manufacturer's Identification)	-	200	-
20.2(IDENTIFICATION : Cable Identification)	-	200	-
20.3(IDENTIFICATION : Cable Code)	-	200	-
5.1.1(Non-magnetic Metallic Tape for SingleCore Unscreened and Unarmoured Cables)	-	200	-

06 Jun, 2027

-
Included w.e.f. 20.12.2023. Size: 25 to 630 sqmm

10774

The Synthetic and Art Silk Mills' Research Association (SASMIRA), MUMBAI

7175004

IS 17349 (2020)

Medical textiles – Shoe covers – Specification

8400 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
5.1(Workmanship and finish)	-	200	-
5.2 - Table 1 - (i)(Cleanliness - Microbial)	-	2000	-
5.2 - Table 1 - (ii)(Tensile Strength)	-	1000	-
5.2 - Table 1 - (iii)(Bursting Strength)	-	800	-
6(Packing)	-	200	-
7(Marking)	-	200	-
5(Requirements)	-	0	-
5.1(Workmanship and Finish)	-	200	-
5.2- Table 1- i)(Cleanliness – Microbial)	-	2000	-
5.2- Table 1- ii)(Tensile strength)	-	1000	-
5.2- Table 1- iii)(Bursting strength)	-	800	-
6(Packing)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-

14 Dec, 2026

-
-

10775

The Synthetic and Art Silk Mills' Research Association (SASMIRA), MUMBAI

7175004

IS 17354 (2020)

Medical textiles – Dental bib/Napkins – Specification

9200 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Clause No. 4(Manufacture)	-	200	-
Clause No. 5.1(Hygenic Condition)	-	200	-
Clause No. 5.2 (i)(Waterproofness)	-	500	-
Clause No. 5.2 (ii)(Cleanliness – Microbial (CFU/100 cm))	-	2000	-
Clause No. 5.2 (iii)(Tensile strength (dry and wet))	-	1000	-
Clause No. 5.2 (iv)-a(Absorption, Sinking Time)	-	400	-
5.1(REQUIREMENTS - Workmanship and Finish)	-	200	-
5.2-Table 1- i)(Performance Requirements - Waterproofness)	-	500	-
5.2-Table 1- ii)(Performance Requirements - Cleanliness – Microbial (CFU/100 cm))	-	2000	-
5.2-Table 1- iii)(Performance Requirements - Tensile strength (dry and wet), N Min)	-	1000	-
5.2-Table 1- iv)(Performance Requirements - Absorption)	-	400	-
6(PACKING)	-	200	-
7(MARKING)	-	200	-
Clause No. 5.2 (iv)-b(Absorption, Water holding capacity)	-	400	-

14 Dec, 2026

-
-

10776

The Synthetic and Art Silk Mills' Research Association (SASMIRA), MUMBAI

7175004

IS 17514 (2021)

Reusable Sanitary PadSanitary Napkin Period panties Specification

16200 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
3.1(Material- Cover/Top sheet)	-	200	-
3.2(Material- Absorbent Core)	-	200	-
3.3(Material- Bottom Layer)	-	200	-
4.0(Manufacturing , workmanship and finish)	-	200	-
5.0(Fastening Mechanism)	-	200	-
6.0(Sizes:- Pad Length and Pad Width (For Absorbent core only))	-	400	-
7.0(Washing , Drying And Handling Instruction)	-	1000	-
8 & 11.2.4, Table 1, (i)(Colour Fastness to Rubbing)	-	250	-
8 & 11.2.4, Table 1, (ii)(Colour Fastness to Perspiration (Acidic & Alkaline))	-	400	-
8 & 11.2.4, Table 1, (iii)(Colour Fastness to Washing)	-	400	-
9.1(pH Value)	-	300	-
9.2(Ability to Withstand Pressure after Absorption)	-	1000	-
9.3.1(Bacterial and Fungal Bioburden)	-	2000	-
9.3.2(Test for Common Skin Pathogen -Staphylococcus Aureus)	-	500	-
12.0(Marking & Packing)	-	200	-
13.0(Marking & Packing)	-	200	-
Clause No. 6(Pad length and width)	-	400	-
Clause No. 8, Table No. 1, (i)(Colour fastness to rubbing of fabric)	-	250	-
Clause No. 8, Table No. 1, (ii)(Colour fastness to perspiration (acidic and alkaline))	-	400	-
Clause No. 8, Table No. 1, (iii)(Colour fastness to washing)	-	400	-
Clause No. 9.1(pH Value)	-	300	-
Clause No. 9.2(Ability to Withstand Pressure after Absorption)	-	1000	-
Clause No. 9.3(Hygiene Testing Requirement)	-	2000	-
Clause No. 9.3.1(Bacterial and Fungal Bioburden)	-	500	-
Clause No. 9.3.2(Test for Common Skin Pathogen — Staphylococcus Aureus)	-	2800	-
Clasue No. 10(Anti-Bacterial Activity Value)	-	500	-

14 Dec, 2026

-
Clause 9.5 (Phthalate Test) has been added in the standard through amendment no. 3

10777

Quality Testing & Research Lab, Gautam Buddha Nagar

8184006

IS 3735 (1996)

Canvas Shoes, Rubber Sole

40000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Remark
Cl.4.5 Consolidation Test IS 3400 (Part 5) : 1986 (From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0.5 mm width along the leagth of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30N (3.0 kgf) for each of the teat piecea (see Note under 4.4).')	-	-
4.1.1 Upper, Sl No. (i) of Table 1(The upper shall consist of over layer of cotton, manmade or blended conforming' to the requirements given in Sl No. (i) of Table 1 as an overlayer and cotton drill conforming to the requirements given in Sl No. (ii) of Table 1, as an inner layer or lining. The two fabrics shall be firmly adhered together with rubber compound. )	-	-
Cl.4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast todaylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454: 1985. However in case of dispute the method prescribed in IS 686 : 1985 shall be considered as referee method.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.2 Binding Material(IS 1954 : 1990) (IS1969 : 1985)(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in col 3 of Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of the table.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.2.1 Anmex B.(Cotton, manmade or blended shall be used as binding material.' 'Coloured cotton tapes shall have fastness to day light of rating as and if agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985. The black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.3.1( Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other suitable thread shall have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other suitable thread shall have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.3.2 (IS 2454 : 1985) IS 765 : 1979 IS 971 : 1966( The colour of the threads shall be as agreedto between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements or IS 686 : 1985'.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.4(.Brass, steel or aluminium eyelets of 7.5 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be used.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces( The shoes shall be provided with fabric braided laces either matching the shade of the upper or black or The length of the lace shall be 60 ± 3 cm )	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces(and shallhave the breaking strength of not less than 250 N when tested between 18 cm grips in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 300 mm/min.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces Annex B(In case the laces are black, the same shall pass the test for freedom from sulpher dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B. The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.6 Rubber Components(The rubber components shall conform to the requirements given in Table 4, when tested from finished boots.However in case it is not possible to cut the test pieces from the made up boots then 4.1.5.3 of IS 13695 : 1993 shall be followed.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.2 Ageing col 4 of Table 5.(The shoes shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the shoes shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in col 4 of Table 5. )	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.2 Ageing (None of the rubber components of the shoes shall show any sign of tackiness or crack developed after ageing, when examined visually)	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.3 Thickness of components in Table 6.(Individual components of the shoes shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	-
CL.4.2 Shape and Design IS 1638 : 1969(Cl 4.2.1 The shoes shall be made according to design and pattern as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. Size and fittings of the shoes shall be in accordance with IS 1638 : 1969 unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.)	-	-
Cl.4.2.2( The recommended design of canvas shoes is shown in Fig. 1.)	-	-
Cl.4.3 Construction Cl 4.3.1( The upper shall be stitched on a lock stitch machine and the number of stitches shall be 30 to 40 per dm.)	-	-
Cl.'4.3.2( Back of the upper shall be reinforced with a strip of upper material when there is a seam.')	-	-
Cl.4.3.3( The counter shall be stitched at the back, set from bottom of lining and bound flat on top edge with white/scoured binding material cut in bias and formed as a tape. T )	-	-
Cl.4.3.3(he number of stitches shall be 30 to 40 per decimetre. The counter binding shall meet the binding of the upper at the centre top edge of the heel.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.3(The edges of quarter shall be bound with dyed cotton binding material or matching to the colour of the upper, cut in bias and formed as a tape.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.4 (The vantp shall be strengthened with a rubber toe-cap (see Fig. 1).)	-	-
Cl.4.3.5( Five pairs of eyelets shall be fitted in each shoe. The eyelets shall be properly clenched without any distortion. It shall properly match the colour of the upper canvas, or as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.6( The shoes shall be free from folds, wrinkles in the upper, blisters, embedded foreign matters and excessive surface markings. In appearance, general workmanship, finish and all other respects, not defined in the standard, the shoes shall be similar to the sample approved by the purchaser, if any)	-	-
CL.4.3.7( The soles shall be of even substance and ofone layer only.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.8( A rubber foxing shall be fixed all round the sole and heel. The colour shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. )	-	-
Cl.4.3.8(The foxing, not less than 18 mm wide, shall not extend beyond the edges of the sole at the bottom)	-	-
Cl.4.4 Adhesion Test(From the upper-foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas, parallel to the waist of sole, cut a strip of length 100 mm and width 8 mm. Separate out the plies initially by breaking the bond to a length of about 75 mm. Carry out the test on two specimens in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5) : 1986. There shall be no further separation within 1 minute at a load of 1 kg for each of the two specimens.)	-	-
CL.4.6 Mass(The mass of one pair of finished shoes of size 8 shall not exceed 750 g with an increase or decrease of 25 g for each bigger or smaller size respectively)	-	-
Cl.4.5 Consolidation Test IS 3400 (Part 5) : 1986 (From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0.5 mm width along the leagth of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30N (3.0 kgf) for each of the teat piecea (see Note under 4.4).')	-	-
4.1.1 Upper, Sl No. (i) of Table 1(The upper shall consist of over layer of cotton, manmade or blended conforming' to the requirements given in Sl No. (i) of Table 1 as an overlayer and cotton drill conforming to the requirements given in Sl No. (ii) of Table 1, as an inner layer or lining. The two fabrics shall be firmly adhered together with rubber compound. )	-	-
Cl.4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast todaylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454: 1985. However in case of dispute the method prescribed in IS 686 : 1985 shall be considered as referee method.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.2 Binding Material(IS 1954 : 1990) (IS1969 : 1985)(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in col 3 of Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of the table.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.2.1 Anmex B.(Cotton, manmade or blended shall be used as binding material.' 'Coloured cotton tapes shall have fastness to day light of rating as and if agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985. The black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.3.1( Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other suitable thread shall have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other suitable thread shall have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.3.2 (IS 2454 : 1985) IS 765 : 1979 IS 971 : 1966( The colour of the threads shall be as agreedto between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements or IS 686 : 1985'.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.4(.Brass, steel or aluminium eyelets of 7.5 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be used.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces( The shoes shall be provided with fabric braided laces either matching the shade of the upper or black or The length of the lace shall be 60 ± 3 cm )	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces(and shallhave the breaking strength of not less than 250 N when tested between 18 cm grips in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 300 mm/min.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces Annex B(In case the laces are black, the same shall pass the test for freedom from sulpher dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B. The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.6 Rubber Components(The rubber components shall conform to the requirements given in Table 4, when tested from finished boots.However in case it is not possible to cut the test pieces from the made up boots then 4.1.5.3 of IS 13695 : 1993 shall be followed.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.2 Ageing col 4 of Table 5.(The shoes shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the shoes shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in col 4 of Table 5. )	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.2 Ageing (None of the rubber components of the shoes shall show any sign of tackiness or crack developed after ageing, when examined visually)	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.3 Thickness of components in Table 6.(Individual components of the shoes shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	-
CL.4.2 Shape and Design IS 1638 : 1969(Cl 4.2.1 The shoes shall be made according to design and pattern as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. Size and fittings of the shoes shall be in accordance with IS 1638 : 1969 unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.)	-	-
Cl.4.2.2( The recommended design of canvas shoes is shown in Fig. 1.)	-	-
Cl.4.3 Construction Cl 4.3.1( The upper shall be stitched on a lock stitch machine and the number of stitches shall be 30 to 40 per dm.)	-	-
Cl.'4.3.2( Back of the upper shall be reinforced with a strip of upper material when there is a seam.')	-	-
Cl.4.3.3( The counter shall be stitched at the back, set from bottom of lining and bound flat on top edge with white/scoured binding material cut in bias and formed as a tape. T )	-	-
Cl.4.3.3(he number of stitches shall be 30 to 40 per decimetre. The counter binding shall meet the binding of the upper at the centre top edge of the heel.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.3(The edges of quarter shall be bound with dyed cotton binding material or matching to the colour of the upper, cut in bias and formed as a tape.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.4 (The vantp shall be strengthened with a rubber toe-cap (see Fig. 1).)	-	-
Cl.4.3.5( Five pairs of eyelets shall be fitted in each shoe. The eyelets shall be properly clenched without any distortion. It shall properly match the colour of the upper canvas, or as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.6( The shoes shall be free from folds, wrinkles in the upper, blisters, embedded foreign matters and excessive surface markings. In appearance, general workmanship, finish and all other respects, not defined in the standard, the shoes shall be similar to the sample approved by the purchaser, if any)	-	-
CL.4.3.7( The soles shall be of even substance and ofone layer only.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.8( A rubber foxing shall be fixed all round the sole and heel. The colour shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. )	-	-
Cl.4.3.8(The foxing, not less than 18 mm wide, shall not extend beyond the edges of the sole at the bottom)	-	-
Cl.4.4 Adhesion Test(From the upper-foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas, parallel to the waist of sole, cut a strip of length 100 mm and width 8 mm. Separate out the plies initially by breaking the bond to a length of about 75 mm. Carry out the test on two specimens in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5) : 1986. There shall be no further separation within 1 minute at a load of 1 kg for each of the two specimens.)	-	-
CL.4.6 Mass(The mass of one pair of finished shoes of size 8 shall not exceed 750 g with an increase or decrease of 25 g for each bigger or smaller size respectively)	-	-
Cl.4.5 Consolidation Test IS 3400 (Part 5) : 1986 (From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0.5 mm width along the leagth of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30N (3.0 kgf) for each of the teat piecea (see Note under 4.4).')	-	-
4.1.1 Upper, Sl No. (i) of Table 1(The upper shall consist of over layer of cotton, manmade or blended conforming' to the requirements given in Sl No. (i) of Table 1 as an overlayer and cotton drill conforming to the requirements given in Sl No. (ii) of Table 1, as an inner layer or lining. The two fabrics shall be firmly adhered together with rubber compound. )	-	-
Cl.4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast todaylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454: 1985. However in case of dispute the method prescribed in IS 686 : 1985 shall be considered as referee method.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.2 Binding Material(IS 1954 : 1990) (IS1969 : 1985)(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in col 3 of Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of the table.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.2.1 Anmex B.(Cotton, manmade or blended shall be used as binding material.' 'Coloured cotton tapes shall have fastness to day light of rating as and if agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985. The black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.3.1( Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other suitable thread shall have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other suitable thread shall have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.3.2 (IS 2454 : 1985) IS 765 : 1979 IS 971 : 1966( The colour of the threads shall be as agreedto between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements or IS 686 : 1985'.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.4(.Brass, steel or aluminium eyelets of 7.5 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be used.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces( The shoes shall be provided with fabric braided laces either matching the shade of the upper or black or The length of the lace shall be 60 ± 3 cm )	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces(and shallhave the breaking strength of not less than 250 N when tested between 18 cm grips in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 300 mm/min.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.5 Laces Annex B(In case the laces are black, the same shall pass the test for freedom from sulpher dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B. The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips.)	-	-
Cl.4.1.6 Rubber Components(The rubber components shall conform to the requirements given in Table 4, when tested from finished boots.However in case it is not possible to cut the test pieces from the made up boots then 4.1.5.3 of IS 13695 : 1993 shall be followed.')	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.2 Ageing col 4 of Table 5.(The shoes shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the shoes shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in col 4 of Table 5. )	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.2 Ageing (None of the rubber components of the shoes shall show any sign of tackiness or crack developed after ageing, when examined visually)	-	-
Cl.4.1.6.3 Thickness of components in Table 6.(Individual components of the shoes shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	-
CL.4.2 Shape and Design IS 1638 : 1969(Cl 4.2.1 The shoes shall be made according to design and pattern as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. Size and fittings of the shoes shall be in accordance with IS 1638 : 1969 unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.)	-	-
Cl.4.2.2( The recommended design of canvas shoes is shown in Fig. 1.)	-	-
Cl.4.3 Construction Cl 4.3.1( The upper shall be stitched on a lock stitch machine and the number of stitches shall be 30 to 40 per dm.)	-	-
Cl.'4.3.2( Back of the upper shall be reinforced with a strip of upper material when there is a seam.')	-	-
Cl.4.3.3( The counter shall be stitched at the back, set from bottom of lining and bound flat on top edge with white/scoured binding material cut in bias and formed as a tape. T )	-	-
Cl.4.3.3(he number of stitches shall be 30 to 40 per decimetre. The counter binding shall meet the binding of the upper at the centre top edge of the heel.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.3(The edges of quarter shall be bound with dyed cotton binding material or matching to the colour of the upper, cut in bias and formed as a tape.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.4 (The vantp shall be strengthened with a rubber toe-cap (see Fig. 1).)	-	-
Cl.4.3.5( Five pairs of eyelets shall be fitted in each shoe. The eyelets shall be properly clenched without any distortion. It shall properly match the colour of the upper canvas, or as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.6( The shoes shall be free from folds, wrinkles in the upper, blisters, embedded foreign matters and excessive surface markings. In appearance, general workmanship, finish and all other respects, not defined in the standard, the shoes shall be similar to the sample approved by the purchaser, if any)	-	-
CL.4.3.7( The soles shall be of even substance and ofone layer only.)	-	-
Cl.4.3.8( A rubber foxing shall be fixed all round the sole and heel. The colour shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. )	-	-
Cl.4.3.8(The foxing, not less than 18 mm wide, shall not extend beyond the edges of the sole at the bottom)	-	-
Cl.4.4 Adhesion Test(From the upper-foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas, parallel to the waist of sole, cut a strip of length 100 mm and width 8 mm. Separate out the plies initially by breaking the bond to a length of about 75 mm. Carry out the test on two specimens in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5) : 1986. There shall be no further separation within 1 minute at a load of 1 kg for each of the two specimens.)	-	-
CL.4.6 Mass(The mass of one pair of finished shoes of size 8 shall not exceed 750 g with an increase or decrease of 25 g for each bigger or smaller size respectively)	-	-
4.8(Adhesion )	-	-
4.7(Consolidation test )	-	-
4.6(Mass )	-	-
4.5(Finish )	-	-
4.4(Contruction )	-	-
4.3(Leg Height )	-	-
4.2(Design )	-	-
4.1.6.2(Thickness of components )	-	-
4.1.6.2(Ageing)	-	-
4.1.6.2(Elongation at break after ageing )	-	-
4.1.6.2(Tensile after ageing )	-	-
4.1.6(Compression set )	-	-
4.1.6(Elongation at break )	-	-
4.1.6(Tensile strength)	-	-
4.1.6(Hardness (after accelerated ))	-	-
4.1.6(Flexing resistance test)	-	-
4.1.6(Hardness )	-	-
4.1.6(Relative density)	-	-
4.1.5(Sulpher dyes content )	-	-
4.1.5(Breaking Load )	-	-
4.1.5(Length )	-	-
4.1.4(Thickness)	-	-
4.1.4(Size )	-	-
4.1.3(Color fastness to perspiration)	-	-
4.1.3(Colorfastness to washing)	-	-
4.1.3(Colorfastness to light )	-	-
4.1.3(Single thread breaking load)	-	-
4.1.3(Construction )	-	-
4.1.2(Colorfastness to light )	-	-
4.1.2(Colorfastness to washing)	-	-
4.1.2(Breaking Strength )	-	-
4.1.2(Width )	-	-
4.1.1.2(Colorfastness to washing)	-	-
4.1.1.1(Colorfastness to light )	-	-
4.1.1 (Drill) (End & Picks/dm)	-	-
4.1.1 (Drill) (Colorfastness to light )	-	-
4.1.1 (canvas )(End & Picks/dm)	-	-
4.1.1 (canvas )(Breaking Load )	-	-
5, 5.1, Cl. 5.2, Cl. 5.2.1, Cl. 5.2.1.1(Packing and marking)	-	-
" CL. 5.1, Cl. 5.2, Cl. 5.2.1, Cl. 5.2.1.1(Packing and marking ")	-	-

23 Feb, 2028

-
-

10778

Unique Test House LLP

9134536

IS 2202 : Part 2 (2022)

WOODEN FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS SOLID CORE TYPE SPECIFICATION PART 2 PARTICLE BOARD HIGH DENSITY FIBRE BOARD MEDIUM DENSITY FIBRE BOARD AND HARDBOARD FACE PANELS Fourth Revision

ALL AS PER IS

30000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Clause No - 6.1(Timber)	-	5000	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials (LVL)	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials veneer laminated lumber (VLL))	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials medium density fibre board (MDF))	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials -plywood)	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.2(BWP grade flush door shutter)	-	5000	-
Clause No -6.3.1("Face Panels: Particle Board MDF/ HDF Fibre Hardboard")	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.4(Adhesive)	-	9000	-
Clause No -7.1(Construction)	-	500	-
Clause No - 7.3(" MDF board or HDF board ")	-	5000	-
Clause No -9.2("Workmanship and finish")	-	500	-
Clause No -10.1(tests for flush door shutters)	-	20000	-
Clause No -10.2(End Immersion Test)	-	1500	-
Clause No -10.3(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	1000	-
Clause No -11(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	100	-
Clause No -12("ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK")	-	100	-
Clause No - 6.1(Timber)	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials (LVL)	-	2500	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials medium density fibre board (MDF))	-	500	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials -plywood)	-	500	-
Clause No -6.2(BWP grade flush door shutter)	-	500	-
Clause No -6.3.1("Face Panels: Particle Board MDF/ HDF Fibre Hardboard")	-	500	-
Clause No -6.4(Adhesive)	-	9000	-
Clause No -7.1(Construction)	-	500	-
Clause No - 7.3(" MDF board or HDF board ")	-	500	-
Clause No -9.2("Workmanship and finish")	-	200	-
Clause No -10.1(tests for flush door shutters)	-	20000	-
Clause No -10.2(End Immersion Test)	-	1500	-
Clause No -10.3(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	500	-
Clause No -11(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	1500	-
Clause No -12("ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK")	-	1000	-
Clause No -6.2(Alternative Materials veneer laminated lumber (VLL))	-	1000	-
5(SIZES AND TOLERANCES)	-	500	-
6.5(The swelling in thickness of the particle board, MDF and HDF board for core)	-	100	-

07 Sep, 2028

-
Included w.e.f. 04.03.2024 Garde- MR/BWP, Type-BDPV/BNP/BNPV/PDPV/PNP/PNPV/MDPV/MNP/MNPV Range- Length - up to 2450mm Width-up to 1225mm Thickness- up to 60mm Designation- 8DS20 to 12DET21

10779

The Synthetic and Art Silk Mills' Research Association (SASMIRA), MUMBAI

7175004

IS 15907 (2010)

Agro textiles – High density polyethylene (HDPE) woven beds for vermiculture – Specification

25600 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4.3(Cord Beading - IS 15907)	-	400	-
5.1(MANUFACTURE- IS 15907)	-	900	-
5.2.1(Lamination- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.2.1(Thickness of coating film- method A of IS 13162 (Part 3))	-	200	-
5.2.1(Lamination- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.2.2(Lamination- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.2.2(Lamination- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.2.2(coating thickness of the sandwich lamination- method A of IS 13162 (Part 3))	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(The width of the hem - IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.1(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.2(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.2(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.2(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.2(Finished width of pocket - IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.3.2(Construction- IS 15907)	-	200	-
5.4(Bonding- IS 15907)	-	200	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (i)(Mass)	-	200	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (ii)(Breaking strength before UV exposure,warp - IS 1969 )	-	500	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (ii)(Breaking strength before UV exposure,weft - IS 1969 )	-	0	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (iii)(Elongation at break of fabric- IS 1969)	-	0	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (iv)(Retention of breaking strength after UV exposure, - Annex B of IS 15907 and IS 1969)	-	10500	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (v)(Welded seam strength before UV exposure- IS 1969)	-	700	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (vi)(Welded seam strength after UV exposure- Annex B of IS 15907 and IS 1969)	-	700	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (vii)(Tear strength, Warp - Method A2 of IS 7016 (Part 3))	-	500	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (vii)(Tear strength, Weft - Method A2 of IS 7016 (Part 3))	-	0	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (viii)(Puncture strength - Annex C of IS 15907)	-	700	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (ix)(Environmental stress cracking test - Annex D of IS 15907)	-	1000	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (x)(Resistance to chemicals, change in the mass - Annex E of IS 15907)	-	1200	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (xi)(Colour fastness to artificial light -IS 2454)	-	1200	-
6- Table 1- SL.No (xii)(Bursting pressure-IS 1966)	-	400	-
6.1(Length -IS 15907)	-	200	-
6.1(Width - IS 15907)	-	200	-
6.1(Height - IS 15907)	-	200	-
6.2(Water Proofness,IS 7941)	-	500	-
6.2(Water Proofness, IS 7940)	-	500	-
4.1(Identification)	-	500	-
4.1(Linear Density)	-	400	-
4.1(Width)	-	200	-

14 Dec, 2026

-
-

10780

BIS, Central Laboratory (CL)

None

IS 2347 (2023)

DOMESTIC PRESSURE COOKER ï¿½ SPECIFICATION

- View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Effective Date	Remark
4.1 (Gross capacity)	-
4.2 (Body Capacity)	-
5.1 (Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-
5.1.2 (Body and Lid )	-
5.1.3 (Stainless steel pressure cooker)	-
5.1.4 (Aluminium cooker )	-
5.2 (Safety Relief Device)	-
5.3 (Gasket)	-
5.4 (Handles and Knobs)	-
5.5 (Pressure Regulating Device )	-
5.6 (Vent Seal Pin for Pressure Regulating Device )	-
5.7 (Vent Pipe )	-
5.8 (Vent Pipe Nut )	-
5.9 (Spring )	-
5.1 (Material of Rim )	-
5.11 (Visual Pressure Indicator)	-
5.12 (Gasket Release System)	-
6 (Construction)	-
7 (Workmanship and Finish )	-
8.1 (Air Pressure Test )	-
8.2 (Proof Pressure Test )	-
8.3 (Operating Test for Pressure Regulating Device )	-
8.4 (Test for Safety Relief Device )	-
8.5 (Bursting Pressure Test )	-
8.6 (Test for Removal of Lid under Pressure )	-
8.7 (Test for Spring Loaded Mechanism )	-
8.8 (Composite Cooker Base )	-
8.9 (Aluminium induction compatible Base )	-
8.1 (Handles of cooker )	-
8.11 (External Coating)	-
8.12 (Internal Coating )	-
8.13 (Integral electrical heating)	-
8.14 (Ply construction cooker Body )	-
8.15.1 (Fragmentation Test )	-
8.15.2 (Ball Drop Test )	-
8.15.3 (Thermal Shock Test )	-
8.15.4 (Free Fall Test)	-
8.17 (Test for Effectiveness for Induction Bottom)	-
11 (Marking )	-
12 (Packing )	-
4 (Capacity)	-
4.2 (Body Capacity)	-
5.1.1 (Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-
5.1.2 (Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-
5.1.3 (Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-
5.1.4 (Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-
5.1.5 (Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-
5.2.1 (Destructive Type Safety Relief Device)	-
5.2.2 (Resettable Type Safety Relief Device)	-
5.3 (Gasket)	-
5.4 (Handles and Knobs)	-
5.5 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
5.6 (Vent Seal Pin for Pressure Regulating Device)	-
5.7 (Vent Pipe)	-
5.8 (Vent Pipe Nut)	-
5.9 (Spring)	-
5.10 (Spring)	-
5.11 (Visual Pressure Indicator)	-
5.12 (Gasket Release System)	-
6 (CONSTRUCTION)	-
6.1 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.1.1 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.1.1 (Minimum Inside diameter of Vent Pipe.)	-
6.1.2 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.1.3 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.1.4 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.1.5 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.1.6 (Pressure Regulating Device)	-
6.2 (Safety Relief Device)	-
6.2.1 (Safety Relief Device)	-
6.2.2 (Safety Relief Device)	-
6.2.3 (Safety Relief Device)	-
6.3.1 (Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-
6.3.2 (Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-
6.3.3 (Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-
6.4.1 (Handles and Knobs)	-
6.4.1.1 (Handles and Knobs)	-
6.4.2 (Handles and Knobs)	-
6.4.2.1 (Handles and Knobs)	-
6.5 (CONSTRUCTION)	-
6.6 (CONSTRUCTION)	-
6.7 (Internal Level Marking)	-
6.8 (Internal Level Marking)	-
7.1 (WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-
7.2 (WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-
8.17 (Test for Effectiveness for Induction Bottom)	-
8.16 (PRD with chain)	-
8.15.4.2 (Glass lid without rim)	-
8.15.4.1 ("Free Fall Test ( Glass lid with rim) ")	-
8.15.3 (Thermal Shock Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-
8.15.2 (Ball Drop Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-
8.15.1 (Fragmentation Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-
8.14 (3 ply construction cooker body)	-
8.13 (Pressure cooker with integral electrical heating)	-
8.12 (Internal Coating)	-
7.3 (WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-
7.4 (WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-
8.1 (Air Pressure Test)	-
8.2 (Proof Pressure Test)	-
8.3.1 (Operating Test for Pressure Regulating Device)	-
8.4.1 (Test for Safety Relief Device)	-
8.4.2 (Test for Safety Relief Device)	-
8.4.2 NOTE (Test for Safety Relief Device)	-
8.5 (Bursting Pressure Test)	-
8.6.1 (Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure For Outer Lid Cooker)	-
8.6.2 (Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure For inner Lid Cooker)	-
8.6.3 (Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure: For Cooker Fastened by Screw Clamps or Any Other Locking Device)	-
8.6.4 (Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure in case of electrical pressure cooker)	-
8.7 (Test for Spring Loaded Mechanism)	-
8.8 (Test for stainless steel cookers)	-
8.9 ("For stainless steel, aluminium induction compatible base and 3 ply cooker")	-
8.10 (Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-
8.10 Note 3 (Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-
8.10 Note 4 (Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-
8.10 Note 5 (Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-
8.10 Note 6 (Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-
8.10.1 (Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-
8.11.1 (External Coating)	-

-
-

10781

Sierra Aircon Pvt. Ltd., Gurugram

8163426

IS 1391 : Part 2 (2023)

Room Air Conditioners Specification Part 2 Split Air Conditioners Fourth Revision

Size

626000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
5(Construction )("The air conditioner and its parts shall be constructed with the strength and rigidity adequate for normal conditions of handling, transport, and usage.")	-	0	-
8(RATING AND TEST CONDITIONS)	-	0	Test charges for various tests is charged against each test
8.1(Cooling Test)	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out cooling capacity test.
8.1.2((Maximum Operating Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Maximum operating test.
8.1.3((Freeze-Up Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out freeze-up test.
8.1.4((Enclosure Sweat Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Enclosure Sweat Test Conditions.
8.2((Heating Test))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Heating Test
8.2.1((Heating Capacity Test Conditions))	-	0	Covered under Heating test.
"8.2.2((Heating by Heat Pump Overload Rating Test Conditions (Maximum Heating Performance Test))")	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Heating by Heat Pump Overload Rating Test Conditions (Maximum heating performance test).
"8.3((Method of Measurement of Indian Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (ISEER))")	-	0	Carried out along with cooling test
9((PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS))	-	0	-
9.1((Variations Allowed in Performance Test Conditions))	-	0	Applied various tests as applicable.
9.2((Safety))	-	0	Carried out as per A3 Refrigerant safety requirements
9.3((Power Factor Test))	-	0	Covered along with Cooling test.
9.4((Maximum Operating Conditions Test))	-	116000	-
9.5((Freeze-Up Tests))	-	116000	-
9.5.3((Air Blockage Test))	-	0	Covered under Freeze-up test.
9.5.4(( Drip Test))	-	0	Covered under Freeze-up test.
9.6((Enclosure Sweat Test))	-	58000	-
9.7((Power Consumption Test for Cooling))	-	0	Covered along with Cooling Capacity test.
9.8((Power Consumption Test for Heating by Heat Pump))	-	0	Covered along with Heating Capacity test.
9.9(( Cooling Capacity Test))	-	116000	Charges cover for Full load and Half load Capacity tests applicable to variable Speed unites. For Fixed speed unites INR 58000/- only as test chargers For unites, above 10500 Watts rated Capacity: Fixed Speed INR 65000/- Variable speed INR 130000/-
9.10((Heating Capacity Test))	-	58000	For Transient test mode, an additional INR 58000/- extra will be charged. For unites, above 10500 Watts rated Capacity INR 65000/- will be charged as test charges.
"9.11((Method of Measurement of Indian Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (ISEER))")	-	0	Method followed while carrying out cooling capacity test.
9.12((Maximum Heating Performance Test))	-	116000	For unites, above 10500 Watts rated Capacity INR 130000/- will be charged as test charges.
9.13((Sound Pressure Test))	-	29000	For unites, above 10500 Watts rated Capacity INR 35000/- will be charged as test charges.
10((CALCULATIONS))	-	0	Followed while carrying out cooling capacity and heating capacity test.
11((INSTRUMENTS))	-	0	Used as per requirement and specifications.
12.1((Classification of Tests))	-	0	-
12.2.2(( Leakage Test))	-	0	mandatory carried out prior to cooling capacity test.
12.2.3((High Voltage Test))	-	5000	-
12.2.4(Leakage Current Test))	-	5000	For unites, above 10500 Watts rated Capacity INR 15000/- will be charged as test charges.
"12.2.5(Provisions for Earthing (Earth Resistance Test)")	-	5000	-
12.3.3(Safety Tests)	-	2000	Charges taken for protection against access to the live parts test.
12.4.1(Performance Test)	-	0	-
12.4.2(Pressure Test or Leakage Test)	-	0	mandatory carried out prior to cooling capacity test.
12.4.3(Leakage Current Test)	-	0	Already covered

31 Mar, 2028

-
Included w.e.f. 05.02.2024 Single or three phase non-ducted split with single stage, two stage, multi-stage, fixed and variable speed air conditioner and heat pumps of rated capacity up to and including 18000 w Exclusion: Cl.5.2 (Electrically Charged Parts), Cl.5.3(Refrigerant Circuit), Cl.5.4(Provision for Earthing), Cl.5.5(Air Filter), Cl.5.6(Temperature Sensing Controls), Cl.5.7(Hermetic Compressors), Cl.5.8(Heat Exchanger), Cl.5.9(Motors), Cl.6(RATING REQUIREMENTS), Cl.7(RATINGS BASED ON FUNCTION), Cl. 12.2.1(General Running Test), Cl. 12.4(Acceptance Test), Cl.13 (MARKING)

10782

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 302 : Part 2 : Sec 15 (2009)

Safety of household and similar electrical appliances: Part 2 particular requirements: Sec 15 appliances for heating liquids (First Revision)

19000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(General requirements)	-	0	-
5(General Conditions of tests)	-	0	-
6.0(Classification)	-	500	-
7(Marking and instructions)	-	500	-
8(Protection against live parts)	-	1000	-
9(STARTING OF MOTOR-OPERATED APPLIANCES)	-	0	-
10(POWER INPUT AND CURRENT)	-	1000	-
11(HEATING)	-	1000	-
13(LEAKAGE CURRENT AND ELECTRIC STRENGTH AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE)	-	1000	-
14(TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES)	-	1000	-
15(MOISTURE RESISTANCE)	-	1000	-
16(LEAKAGE CURRENT AND ELECTRIC STRENGTH)	-	1000	-
17(OVERLOAD PROTECTION OF TRANSFORMERS AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS)	-	500	-
18(ENDURANCE)	-	0	-
19(ABNORMAL OPERATION)	-	1000	-
20(STABILITY AND MECHANICAL HAZARDS)	-	1000	-
21(MECHANICAL STRENGTH)	-	1000	-
22(CONSTRUCTION)	-	1000	-
23(INTERNAL WIRING)	-	500	-
25(SUPPLY CONNECTION AND EXTERNAL FLEXIBLE CORDS)	-	1000	-
26(TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL CONDUCTORS)	-	500	-
27(PROVISION FOR EARTHING)	-	1000	-
28(SCREWS AND CONNECTIONS)	-	500	-
29(CLEARANCES, CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND SOLID INSULATION)	-	1000	-
30(RESISTANCE TO HEAT AND FIRE)	-	1000	-
31(RESISTANCE TO RUSTING)	-	1000	-
32(RADIATION, TOXICITY AND SIMILAR HAZARDS)	-	500	-
22.16(Automatic cord reel)	-	500	-
22.47(Water pressure inlet)	-	0	-
22.106(Interlocks)	-	500	-
22.3(Flexing test)	-	1000	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 19.11.4.1 (Electrostatic discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.2 (Radiated fields), Cl. 19.11.4.3 (Fast transient bursts), Cl. 19.11.4.4 (Surge immunity test), Cl. 19.11.4.5 (Injected currents), Cl. 19.11.4.6 (Class 3 Voltage dips and interruptions), Cl. 19.11.4.7 (Harmonics), Cl. 24 (COMPONENTS), Cl. 22.32 (Oxygen bomb for rubber material)

10783

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 302 : Part 2 : Sec 6 (2009)

Safety of household and similar electrical appliances: Part 2 particular requirements: Sec 6 cooking ranges, hobs, ovens and similar appliances (First Revision)

23000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(General Requirements)	-	0	-
5(General condition for the tests)	-	0	-
6.0(Classification)	-	500	-
7.0(Marking and instructions)	-	1000	-
8.0(Protection against access to live part test)	-	1000	-
9.0(Starting of motor-operated appliances test)	-	0	-
10.0(Power Input and current test)	-	1000	-
11.0(Heating test)	-	1000	-
13.0(Leakage current and electric strength test)	-	1000	-
14.0(Transient voltages)	-	1000	-
15.0(Moisture Resistance)	-	1000	-
16.0(Leakage current and electric strength test)	-	1000	-
17.0(Overload protection of transformers test)	-	1000	-
18.0(Endurance test)	-	0	-
19.0(Abnormal Operations)	-	1500	-
20.0(Stability and Mechanical Hazards)	-	1000	-
21.0(Mechanical Strength)	-	1000	-
22.0(Construction verification related tests)	-	2000	-
23.0(Internal wiring)	-	1000	-
25.0(Supply connections and External Flexible Cords)	-	1000	-
26.0(Terminal for External Conductors)	-	1000	-
27.0(Provision for Earthing)	-	1000	-
28.0(Screws and connections)	-	500	-
29.0(Clearances and Creepage distances and solid insulation)	-	1200	-
30.0(Resistance to heat and fire)	-	1000	-
31.0(Resistance to rusting)	-	1000	-
32.0(Radiation, Toxicity and Similar hazards)	-	1000	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 19.11.4.1 (Electrostatic discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.2 (Radiated fields), Cl. 19.11.4.3 (Fast transient bursts), Cl. 19.11.4.4 (Surge immunity test), Cl. 19.11.4.5 (Immunity to conducted discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.6 (Class 3 Voltage dips and interruptions), Cl. 19.11.4.7 (Harmonics), Cl. 24 (Components)

10784

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 8978 (1992)

Specification for electric instantaneous water heaters (Second Revision)

22300 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(GENERAL REQUIREMENTS)	-	0	-
5(GENERAL NOTE ON TEST)	-	0	-
Cl.6 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Classification)	-	500	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	500	-
Cl.8 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Protection Against Access To Live Parts)	-	1000	-
Cl.10 of IS 302-2- 35:2017(Power Input & Current )	-	1000	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating)	-	1500	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Leakage Current & Electrical Strength at Operating Temperature )	-	1000	-
Cl.14 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Transient Over Voltages )	-	1000	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Moisture Resistance )	-	1000	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Leakage Current and Electric Strength (After Humidity))	-	1000	-
Cl.17 IS 302-2-35:2017(Overload Protection of Transformers & Associated circuits )	-	1500	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation)	-	1500	-
Cl.20 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Stability & Mechanical Hazards )	-	500	-
Cl.21.1 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Mechanical strength)	-	1000	-
Cl. 21.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Mechanical strength)	-	1000	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	1500	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Internal Wiring)	-	1000	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	1000	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	500	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	800	-
Cl.28 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Screws and Connections )	-	500	-
Cl.29 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation)	-	500	-
Cl.30 of IS 302-2-35: 2011(Resistance to Heat and Fire)	-	1000	-
Cl.31 of IS 302-2-35: 2017(Resistance to Rusting )	-	1000	-
Cl.32 of IS 302-2-35: 2011(Radiation, Toxicity and Similar Hazards )	-	500	-
Cl.10 of IS 8978 : 1992(Finish)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 8978 : 1992(Operation of flow switch)	-	0	-
Cl.12 of IS 8978 : 1992(Endurance)	-	0	-
Cl.6 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Classification)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-
Cl.10 of IS 302-2- 35:2011(Power Input & Current )	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Leakage Current & Electrical Strength at Operating Temperature )	-	0	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Moisture Resistance )	-	0	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Moisture Resistance )	-	0	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-35:2011(Leakage Current and Electric Strength)	-	0	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-35:2011(Leakage Current and Electric Strength)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
Cl.20 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Stability & Mechanical Hazards )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Construction )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35-2011(Internal Wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.28 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Screws and Connections )	-	0	-
Cl.29 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation)	-	0	-
Cl.29 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation)	-	0	-
Cl.30 of IS 302-2-35: 2011(Resistance to Heat and Fire)	-	0	-
Cl.31 of IS 302-2-35: 2011(Resistance to Rusting )	-	0	-
Cl.12 of IS 8978 : 1992(Endurance)	-	0	-
Cl.10 of IS 8978 : 1992(Finish)	-	0	-
Cl.30.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Resistance to Heat and Fire)	-	0	-
Cl.30.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Resistance to Heat and Fire)	-	0	-
Cl.29.2 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation : Creepage distance )	-	0	-
Cl.29.1 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation : Clearance distance )	-	0	-
Cl.27.5 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing : ECR )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.25.18 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25.15 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Cord grip test - displacement )	-	0	-
Cl.25.15 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Cord grip test )	-	0	-
Cl.25.12 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Moulding of supply cord )	-	0	-
Cl.25.10 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Colour of Earthing conductor )	-	0	-
Cl.25.8 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Resistance of supply cord )	-	0	-
Cl.25.5 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Type of attachment )	-	0	-
Cl.25.1 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : connection to the supply mains)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Internal Wiring ; Colour of earthing conductor)	-	0	-
Cl.22.110 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Provision for fixing to wall )	-	0	-
Cl.22.109 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Operation of presure switch of open outlet water heater )	-	0	-
Cl.22.108 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Temperature of outlet water intended to supply for showring )	-	0	-
Cl.22.107 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Temperature of outlet )	-	0	-
Cl.22.106 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Operation of thermal cut out for closed water heater )	-	0	-
Cl.22.104 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Pressure in open outlet water heaters )	-	0	-
Cl.22.103 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Pressure relief device operation for closed water heater )	-	0	-
Cl.22.102 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : excessive temperature of outlet )	-	0	-
Cl.22.101 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Rated pressure of closed water heater )	-	0	-
Cl.22.47 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : Water pressure test )	-	0	-
Cl.22.44 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Shape and decoration )	-	0	-
Cl.22.34, Cl 22.35 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Shaft of operating Knobs )	-	0	-
Cl.22.33 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Direct contact of liquids )	-	0	-
Cl 22.26 ,Cl.22.28, Cl 22.29, Cl 22.30 , Cl 22.31, Cl 22.32 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Supplymentry/ double / reinforced insulation for Class II/ Class III appliance )	-	0	-
Cl.22.18 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Resistance to corrosion )	-	0	-
Cl.22.17 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Spacers )	-	0	-
Cl.22.14 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Ragged or sharp edges )	-	0	-
Cl.22.12 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Fixing of Handle, knob, grips, levers and similar parts )	-	0	-
Cl.22.11 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Fixing of non detachable parts )	-	0	-
Cl.22.7 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : safeguards against the risk of excessive pressure. )	-	0	-
Cl.22.6 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Construction : size of drain hole )	-	0	-
Cl.22.6 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : effect of water on 3 insulation )	-	0	-
Cl.22.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : connection to supply mains )	-	0	-
Cl.22.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : IP test )	-	0	-
Cl. 21.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Mechanical strength : prevent penetration by sharp implements. )	-	0	-
Cl.21.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Mechanical strength : Rough handling in normal use)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation : effect on container)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation : High voltage)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation : Temperature rise of insulation of supply cord)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation : Temperature rise of test corner)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Abnormal Operation : Emission of flames, molten metal ,or poisonous or ignitable gas)	-	0	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Leakage Current and Electric Strength (After Humidity))	-	0	-
Cl.14 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Transient Over Voltages )	-	0	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Leakage Current & 3 Strength at Operating Temperature : High voltage )	-	0	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Leakage Current & 3 Strength at Operating Temperature )	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating : room temperature)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating : Insulation of supply cord)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-35:2017(Heating : Temperature rise of test corner)	-	0	-
Cl.8 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Protection Against Access To Live Parts)	-	0	-
Cl.7.102 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking : Standard mark)	-	0	-
Cl.7.101 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking : Woter inlet and outlet idetification)	-	0	-
Cl.7.15 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Position of marking)	-	0	-
Cl.7.14 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking ; Legibility and durability)	-	0	-
Cl.7.13 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Language)	-	0	-
Cl.7.10 & 7.11 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Indication for direction of control)	-	0	-
Cl.7.8 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Terminal for connection )	-	0	-
Cl.7.6 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Symbols)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking : rated pressure)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Country of manufacture)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : IP number )	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Symbol for class II)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Molel or type)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Manufacture identification)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Rated power input)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Nature of supply)	-	0	-
Cl.7.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Marking : Rated Voltage)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-35:2017(Marking)	-	0	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl.24 (Components Test)

10785

BIS, Southern Regional Laboratory (SRL)

None

IS 302 : Part 1 (2008)

Safety of household and similar electrical appliances: Part 1 general requirements (Sixth Revision)

- View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Effective Date	Remark
7 (Marking and instructions)	-
8.1.1 (Protection against live parts in all positions)	-
8.1.2 (Protection against live parts in openings)	-
9 (Starting of motor operation test requirements and tests)	-
10.1 (Power input)	-
10.2 (Current input)	-
11.1 (General)	-
11.2 (General)	-
11.3 (Heating)	-
13.1 (General)	-
13.2 (Leakage current at operating temperature)	-
13.3 (Electric Strength at operating temperature)	-
14 (Transient Over Voltages)	-
8.1.3 (Protection against live parts in visible glowing heating elements)	-
8.1.4 (Protection against live parts against protective impedance)	-
15.0 (General)	-
15.1 (Ingress Protection test other than IPX0 (IP test))	-
15.2 (Spillage Test)	-
15.3 (Humidity Test)	-
16.0 (General)	-
16.2 (Leakage Current (after Clause 15))	-
16.3 (Electric Strength (after clause 15 and 16.2))	-
17 (Over Load Protection of Transformers and associated circuits)	-
19 (Abnormal Operation)	-
20 (Stability test)	-
21 (Mechanical Strength Test)	-
22 (Construction verification related test)	-
23 (General)	-
24 (Components)	-
25 (Supply connection and external flexible cords)	-
26 (Terminals for external conductors)	-
27 (Provision for earthing)	-
28 (Screw test and connections)	-
29 (clearance, creepage distances and solid insulation)	-
30.1 (Ball pressure test)	-
30.2 (Glow Wire Test)	-
30.2 (Needle Flame Test)	-
31 (Resistance to Rusting)	-

-
Excluding Expect Pin retention test (Clasue 22.3), Flexing Test (Clause 25.14)

10786

MICRO, SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES - TESTING CENTRE (MSME), KOLKATA

5108204

IS 280 (2006)

Mild steel wire for general engineering purposes (Fourth Revision)

All

13100 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(MICRO ALLOY)	-	5000	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(ALUMINIUM)	-	5000	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(PHOSPHORUS)	-	5000	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(SULPHUR)	-	5000	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(MANGANESE)	-	5000	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(SILICON)	-	5000	-
6 AND AS PER IS 7887(CARBON)	-	5000	-
7 & 8(Ovality)	-	1300	-
7 & 8(Diameter)	-	1300	-
9.2(Wrapping Test)	-	900	-
9.3(Bend test)	-	1200	-
10(Finish)	-	600	-
11(Coating test)	-	1000	-
13(Freedom from defects)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Any Instrumental Method/Chemical Method)	-	5000	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	5000	-
14(Packing)	-	600	-
15(Marking)	-	600	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	5000	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
9.3(Bend test)	-	1200	-
10(Finish)	-	600	-
11(Coating test)	-	1000	-
13(Freedom from defects)	-	600	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Any Instrumental Method/Chemical Method)	-	1000	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	1000	-
14(Packing)	-	600	-
15(Marking)	-	600	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	1000	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
9.3(Bend test)	-	1200	-
10(Finish)	-	600	-
11(Coating test)	-	1000	-
13(Freedom from defects)	-	600	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	1300	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	1300	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	1000	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	600	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Any Instrumental Method/Chemical Method)	-	5000	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	5000	-
14(Packing)	-	600	-
15(Marking)	-	600	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	5000	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	-	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	-	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	-	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	-	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	-	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	-	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	-	-
9.3(Bend test)	-	-	-
10(Finish)	-	-	-
11(Coating test)	-	-	-
13(Freedom from defects)	-	-	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	-	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	-	-
Cl 7 & Table 1(Diameter & Difference Between Two Reading On Any Two Diameters)	-	-	-
Cl 9(Tensile Test On UTM)	-	-	-
Cl 11(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Cl 13(Workmanship)	-	-	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Any Instrumental Method/Chemical Method)	-	-	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	-	-
14(Packing)	-	-	-
15(Marking)	-	-	-
Clause 6 and Note 3 of IS 7887(Copper)	-	-	-

-
Included w.e.f. 31.12.2024

10787

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 302 : Part 2 : Sec 35 (2017)

Safety of household and similar electrical appliances: Part 2 particular requirements: Sec 35 electric instantaneous water heaters (Second Revision)

17500 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(GENERAL REQUIREMENT)	-	0	-
5(GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS)	-	0	-
Cl. 6 IS 302-2-35(Classification)	-	500	-
Cl. 7 IS 302-2-35(Marking and Instruction)	-	500	-
Cl. 8 IS 302-2-35(Protection against access to live parts)	-	1000	-
Cl. 9 IS 302-2-35(Starting of motor operated appliances)	-	0	-
Cl. 10 IS 302-2-35(Power Input and Current )	-	1000	-
Cl. 11 IS 302-2-35(Heating)	-	1000	-
Cl. 13 IS 302-2-35(Leakage Current & Electric Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	1000	-
Cl. 14 IS 302-2-35(Radio and television interference suppression / Transient over voltages)	-	1000	-
Cl. 15 IS 302-2-35(Moisture Resistance Test )	-	1000	-
Cl. 16 IS 302-2-35(Leakage Current & Electric Strength at Operating Temperature (After Humidity Treatment))	-	1000	-
Cl. 17 IS 302-2-35(Overload Protection of Transformers and Associated Circuit)	-	1000	-
Cl. 18 IS 302-2-35(Endurance)	-	0	-
Cl. 19 IS 302-2-35(Abnormal Operation )	-	1000	-
Cl. 20 IS 302-2-35(Stability & Mechanical Hazards)	-	1000	-
Cl. 21 IS 302-2-35(Mechanical strength)	-	1000	-
Cl. 22 IS 302-2-35(Construction )	-	1000	-
Cl. 23 IS 302-2-35(Internal Wiring)	-	500	-
Cl. 25 IS 302-2-35(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	1000	-
Cl. 26 IS 302-2-35(Terminals for External conductors )	-	500	-
Cl. 27 IS 302-2-35(Provision for Earthing )	-	1000	-
Cl. 28 IS 302-2-35(Screws & Connections)	-	500	-
Cl. 29 IS 302-2-35(Clearances, Creepage Distances & Solid insulation )	-	500	-
Cl. 30 IS 302-2-35(Resistance to Heat Fire & Tracking )	-	1000	-
Cl. 31 IS 302-2-35(Resistance to Rusting)	-	1000	-
Cl. 32 IS 302-2-35(Radiation, Toxicity and similar hazards)	-	500	-
Cl. 7(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl. 7(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.8(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.10(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.11(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.13(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.14(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.15(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl. 16(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.17(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.19(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.20(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.21(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.22(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.23(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.24(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.25(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.26(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.27(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.28(Verification)	-	0	-
CL.29(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.30(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.31(Verification)	-	0	-
Cl.32(Verification)	-	0	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
(Electrostatic discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.2 (Radiated fields), Cl. 19.11.4.3 (Fast transient bursts), Cl. 19.11.4.4 (Surge immunity test), Cl. 19.11.4.5 (Immunity to conducted discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.6 (Class 3 Voltage dips and interruptions), Cl. 19.11.4.7 (Harmonics), Cl.24 (Components Test)

10788

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 2082 (2018)

Stationary storage type electric water heaters - Specification (Fifth Revision)

30000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(GENERAL REQUIREMENT)	-	0	-
5(GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS)	-	0	-
6(Classification )	-	200	-
7(Marking)	-	500	-
Cl.8 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Protection Against Access to Live Parts)	-	500	-
Cl.10 of IS 302-2-21: 2018(Power Input & Current)	-	1000	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-21:2018(Heating : Temp of Walls, ceilings and floor of the test corner )	-	1000	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Leakage Current )	-	500	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-21:2018(3 Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	500	-
Cl.14 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Transient Over Voltages)	-	1000	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-21-2018(Moisture Resistance)	-	1000	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-21-2018(Leakage current and Electric strength (After humidity): Leakage current )	-	500	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-21-2018(Leakage current and Electric strength (After humidity): Electric Strentgh )	-	500	-
(Cl.17 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Overload protection of transformers & associated circuits)	-	1500	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Abnormal Operation : Wall ceiling temp. of test corner )	-	1500	-
(Cl.20 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Stability & Mechanical Hazards)	-	500	-
(Cl.21ofIS302-2-21:2011)(Mechanical strength)	-	1000	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	2000	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	500	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : connection to the supply mains)	-	500	-
Cl.25.8 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Resistance of supply cord )	-	500	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2018(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	500	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Provision for Earthing)	-	500	-
Cl.28 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Screws & Connections)	-	500	-
(Cl.29ofIS302-2-21:2011)(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation)	-	500	-
(Cl.30 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Resistance to Heat & Fire)	-	1500	-
Cl.31 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Resistance to Rusting)	-	1000	-
Cl.32 of IS 302-1:2008()	-	500	-
12(THERMOSTAT SETTING)	-	1500	-
(Cl.15 of IS 2082:2018)(Verification of the Rated Capacity)	-	200	-
(Cl.16 of IS 2082:2018)(Standing Loss per 24 Hours)	-	5000	-
(Cl.17 of IS 2082:2018)(Hot Water Output)	-	300	-
(Cl.18 of IS 2082:2018)( Reheating Time)	-	500	-
(Cl.19 of IS 2082:2018)(Mixing Factor)	-	300	-
(Cl.20 of IS 2082:2018)(Deviation of Dial Calibration)	-	500	-
(Cl.21 of IS 2082:2018)(Cyclic Temperature Variation)	-	250	-
(Cl.22 of IS 2082:2018)(Finish)	-	250	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
7(Marking)	-	0	-
(Cl.8 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Protection Against Access to Live Parts)	-	0	-
(Cl.10 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Power Input & Current)	-	0	-
(Cl.11 of 302-2-21:2011)(Heating)	-	0	-
(Cl.11 of 302-2-21:2011)(Heating)	-	0	-
(Cl.11 of 302-2-21:2011)(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-21:2018(Heating : Temp of Rubber or PVC insulation of internal and external wiring)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of 302-2-21:2018(Heating : Room Temp.)	-	0	-
(Cl.13 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Leakage Current )	-	0	-
(Cl.13 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Electrical Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	0	-
(Cl.14ofIS302-2-21:2011)(Transient Over Voltages)	-	0	-
(Cl.15 of IS 302-2-21-2011)(Moisture Resistance)	-	0	-
(Cl.15 of IS 302-2-21-2011)(Moisture Resistance)	-	0	-
(Cl.15 of IS 302-2-21-2011)(Moisture Resistance)	-	0	-
(Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
(Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
(Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
(Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Abnormal Operation)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Abnormal Operation : emission of flame or molten metal or poisonous or ignitable gas )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Abnormal Operation : Insulation of the supply cable or cord)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Abnormal Operation : High Voltage )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Abnormal Operation : leakage from container during test)	-	0	-
Cl.20 of IS 302-1:2008(Stability & Mechanical Hazards)	-	0	-
Cl.21.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Mechanical strength : Rough handling in normal use)	-	0	-
Cl.21.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Mechanical strength : prevent penetration by sharp implements. )	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
(Cl.22 Of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Construction)	-	0	-
Cl.22.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : IP test )	-	0	-
Cl.22.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Provision to ensure all pole disconnection )	-	0	-
Cl.22.6 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Effect of water on 3 insulation )	-	0	-
Cl.22.6 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Size of drain hole )	-	0	-
Cl.22.7 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction: adequate safeguards against the risk of excessive pressure)	-	0	-
Cl.22.11 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Fixing of non detachable part )	-	0	-
Cl.22.12 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Fixing of Handle, knob, grips, levers and similar parts)	-	0	-
Cl.22.14 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : ragged or sharp edges)	-	0	-
Cl.22.17 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Spacers )	-	0	-
Cl.22.18 Of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Resistance to corrosion )	-	0	-
Cl 22.26 ,Cl.22.28, Cl 22.29, Cl 22.30 , Cl 22.31, Cl 22.32 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Supplymentry/ double / reinforced insulation for Class II/ Class III appliance )	-	0	-
Cl.22.33 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Direct contact of liquids )	-	0	-
Cl.22.34, Cl 22.35 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Shaft of operating Knobs )	-	0	-
Cl.22.44 of IS 302-1:2008(Construction : Shape and decoration of enclosure)	-	0	-
Cl.22.47 of IS 302-2-21:2018 (Construction : Water pressure test )	-	0	-
Cl.22.101 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : rated pressure of closed water heater )	-	0	-
Cl.22.102 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : repeated drawing of water temp )	-	0	-
Cl.22.103 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Operation of Pressure relieve devices )	-	0	-
Cl.22.104 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Outlet of open outlet heater )	-	0	-
Cl.22.106 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Operation of thermal cut- out )	-	0	-
Cl.22.107 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Position of Heating elements and thermal control sensor)	-	0	-
Cl.22.108 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : fixing to wall )	-	0	-
Cl.22.109 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Drain for appliance having a capacity of more than 15 liter)	-	0	-
Cl.22.110 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Material of Inner conatiner )	-	0	-
Cl.22.110 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : meterial of connections )	-	0	-
Cl.22.111 of IS 302-2-21:2018(Construction : Resistance to vacuum )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
(Cl. 23 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl. 23 of IS 302-1:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl. 23 of IS 302-1:2008(Internal Wiring : color identification for earthing conductor )	-	0	-
Cl.25.5 of IS 302-1:2008(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Type of attachment )	-	0	-
Cl.25.10 of IS 302-1:2008(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Colour of Earthing conductor )	-	0	-
Cl.25.12 of IS 302-1:2008(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Moulding of supply cord )	-	0	-
Cl.25.15 of IS 302-1:2008(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Cord grip test )	-	0	-
Cl.25.15 of IS 302-1:2008(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords : Cord grip test - displacement )	-	0	-
Cl.25.18 of IS 302-1:2008(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.25 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Supply Connection & External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
(Cl.26 of IS 302-2-21: 2011)(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	0	-
Cl.27.5 of IS 302-1:2008(Provision for Earthing : ECR )	-	0	-
(Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
(Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
(Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
(Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
(Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
(Cl.27 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Provision for Earthing)	-	0	-
(Cl.28 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Screws & Connections)	-	0	-
Cl.29.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation : Clearance distance )	-	0	-
Cl.29.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation : Creepage distance )	-	0	-
(Cl.30 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Resistance to Heat & Fire)	-	0	-
Cl.30.1 of IS 302-1:2008(Resistance to Heat & Fire : Ball pressure test )	-	0	-
Cl.30.2 of IS 302-1:2008(Resistance to Heat & Fire : Glow wire test )	-	0	-
(Cl.31 of IS 302-2-21:2011)(Resistance to Rusting)	-	0	-
Cl.15 of IS 2082:2018(Verification of the Rated Capacity)	-	0	-
Cl.16 of IS 2082:2018(Standing Loss per 24 Hours)	-	0	-
Cl.17 of IS 2082:2018(Hot Water Output)	-	0	-
Cl.18 of IS 2082:2018( Reheating Time)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 2082:2018(Mixing Factor)	-	0	-
Cl.20 of IS 2082:2018(Deviation of Dial Calibration)	-	0	-
Cl.21 of IS 2082:2018(Cyclic Temperature Variation)	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 2082:2018(Finish)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Rated Voltage )	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Symbol for nature of supply )	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Rated power input)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking: Name, trademark or identification mark of manufacturer )	-	0	-
7.1(Marking: Model or type reference)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking: Symbol for Class II)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking: IP Number)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Country of manufacture)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Rated pressure)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Rated capacity)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Statement for a pressure-relief device)	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Statement for pressure reducing valve ( For rated pressure less than 0.6 MPa))	-	0	-
7.1(Marking : Warning for Open- outlet )	-	0	-
7.6(Marking : Symbol used )	-	0	-
7.8(Marking : Terminals )	-	0	-
7.11(Marking : Indication of controls )	-	0	-
7.13(Marking : Official language of Instruction )	-	0	-
7.14(Marking : Legibility and durability)	-	0	-
7.101(Marking : Indifiction of water inlet and water outlet )	-	0	-
6(Classification )	-	0	-
Cl.24.101 of IS302-221:2018(Component : Location of non self reseting thermal cut out )	-	400	-
Cl.24.102 of IS 302-221:2018(Component : Operation of thermal cut-out )	-	600	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 24 (Components)

10789

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 302 : Part 2 : Sec 21 (2018)

Safety of household and similar electrical appliances: Part 2 particular requirements: Sec 21 stationary storage type electric water heaters (Second Revision)

16500 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(GENERAL REQUIREMENTS)	-	0	-
5(GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS)	-	0	-
6.0(Classification)	-	500	-
7.0(Marking and Instructions)	-	500	-
8.0(Protection against access to live parts)	-	1000	-
10.0(Input and Current)	-	1000	-
11.0(Heating)	-	1000	-
13.0(Leakage Current and electric strength at operating temperature)	-	1000	-
14.0(Transient Overvoltage)	-	1000	-
15.0(Moisture resistance)	-	1000	-
16.0(Leakage current and Electric strength (After Humidity (Environmental) Treatment))	-	1000	-
17.0(Overload Protection of transformer and associated circuit)	-	500	-
19.0(Abnormal Operation)	-	1000	-
20.0(Stability and mechanical hazards)	-	1000	-
21.0(Mechanical Strength)	-	1000	-
22.0(Construction)	-	1000	-
23.0(Internal Wiring)	-	500	-
25.0(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	1000	-
26.0(Terminals for external conductors)	-	500	-
27.0(Provision For Earthing)	-	1000	-
28.0(Screws and Connections)	-	500	-
29.0(Creepage Distances and Clearances)	-	1000	-
30.0(Resistance To Heat and Fire)	-	1000	-
31.0(Resistance To Rusting)	-	1000	-
32(RADIATION TOXICITY AND SIMILAR HAZARDS)	-	1000	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 19.11.4.1 (Electrostatic discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.2 (Radiated fields), Cl. 19.11.4.3 (Fast transient bursts), Cl. 19.11.4.4 (Surge immunity test), Cl. 19.11.4.5 (Immunity to conducted discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.6 (Class 3 Voltage dips and interruptions), Cl. 19.11.4.7 (Harmonics Test), Cl. 24 (Components)

10790

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 4159 (2021)

Mineral Filled Sheathed Heating Elements

22500 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
"Cl. 6 IS 4159:2021"(Classification)	-	500	-
"Cl. 8 IS 4159:2021"(Protection against access to live parts)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 9 IS 4159:2021"(Starting of motor operated appliances)	-	0	-
"Cl. 10 IS 4159:2021"(Power Input and Current)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 11 IS 4159:2021"(Heating)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 13 IS 4159:2021"(Leakage Current & Electrical Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 14 IS 4159:2021"(Transient Over Voltage)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 15 IS 4159:2021"(Moisture Resistance)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 16 IS 4159:2021"(Leakage Current and Electric strength)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 17 IS 4159:2021"(Overload protection of transformers and associated circuits.)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 18 IS 4159:2021"(Endurance)	-	0	-
"Cl. 19 IS 4159:2021"(Abnormal Operation)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 20 IS 4159:2021"(Stability and mechanical Hazards)	-	500	-
"Cl. 21 IS 4159:2021"(Mechanical Strength)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 22 IS 4159:2021"(Construction)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 23 IS 4159:2021"(Internal Wiring)	-	500	-
"Cl. 25 IS 4159:2021"(Supply Connections and External Flexible Cables and Cords)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 26 IS 4159:2021"(Terminal For External Conductors)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 27 IS 4159:2021"(Provision For Earthing)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 28 IS 4159:2021"(Screws and Connections)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 29 IS 4159:2021"(Creepage Distances, Clearances And Distances Through Insulation)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 30 IS 4159:2021"(Resistance To Heat, Fire And Tracking)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 31 IS 4159:2021"(Resistance To Rusting)	-	1000	-
"Cl. 102 IS 4159:2021"(Leakage and hydrostatic strength (for oil heating elements))	-	1000	-
Cl.22.106(CONSTRUCTION)	-	1000	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 24(Components Test), EMI/EMC (Cl.19.11.4.1 to 19.11.4.7)

10791

Unique Test House LLP

9134536

IS 2202 : Part 1 (2023)

WOODEN FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS SOLID CORE TYPE SPECIFICATION PART 1 PLYWOOD FACE PANELS Seventh Revision

Grade- MR/ BWP, TYPE- BD/ BN/PD/PN/MD/MN, SIZE - ALL

30000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
11.1(Dimensions - Height)	-	200	-
11.1(Dimensions - Thickness)	-	200	-
11.1(Dimensions - Variation in thickness)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Squareness)	-	100	-
Clause 11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	2000	-
Clause 11.13(Knife Test)	-	500	-
Clause 11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	500	-
Clause 4.2(grades specified)	-	100	-
Clause 5(SIZES)	-	100	-
Clause 11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	200	-
Clause 11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	200	-
Clause 11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	500	-
Clause 11.5(Flexure Test)	-	1000	-
Clause 11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	1500	-
Clause 11.7(Shock Resistance Test)	-	1000	-
Clause 11.8(Buckling Resistance Test)	-	1000	-
Clause 11.9(Slamming Test)	-	1000	-
Clause 11.10(Misuse Test)	-	500	-
Clause 11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	11000	-
Clause 11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	1500	-
Clause 14(Marking)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.1(species of timber)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.2(list of species)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.3(moisture content)	-	100	-
Clause 6.2.1(Plywood)	-	100	-
Clause 6.2.2(Decorative plywood)	-	100	-
Clause 6.3(Cross-Bands)	-	100	-
Clause 6.6.1(Adhesives)	-	100	-
Clause 6.7(Particle Board)	-	100	-
Clause 6.9(Alternative Materials)	-	100	-
Clause 7.1(Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
Clause 7.2(Particle Board or Medium Density Fibre)	-	100	-
Clause 7.3(Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
Clause 7.4(Levelling)	-	100	-
Clause 7.5(Face Panel)	-	100	-
Clause 7.6(Lipping)	-	100	-
Clause 7.7(Rebating)	-	100	-
Clause 7.8(Opening for Glazing)	-	100	-
Clause 7.9(Venetian)	-	100	-
Clause 8.1(Locks)	-	100	-
Clause 10.1(Classification of Tests)	-	100	-
9.1(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
9.2(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
9.3(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
4(GRADE)	-	100	-
4(TYPE)	-	100	-
5(SIZES)	-	100	-
7.1.1(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.1.1(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.1.2(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.3.2(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
7.3.2(a)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.2(b)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.2(c)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.3(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
9.1(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
9.2(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
9.3(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	1500	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	1500	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	1500	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	1500	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	1500	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	1500	-
11.7.1(Shock Resistance Test)	-	1000	-
11.7.2(Shock Resistance Test)	-	1000	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	1000	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	1000	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	1000	-
11.9.2(Slamming Test)	-	1000	-
11.9.3(Slamming Test)	-	1000	-
11.10(Misuse Test)	-	500	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	6500	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	6500	-
11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	500	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
4(Grade, Type and Construction)	-	100	-
5(Sizes and Thickness)	-	100	-
6.1(Timber)	-	100	-
6.2(Plywood for flush door shutter)	-	100	-
6.3(Cross-Bands )	-	100	-
6.4.1(Commercial Face Veneers)	-	100	-
6.4.2(Decorative face veneers)	-	100	-
6.6(Adhesives)	-	100	-
6.7(Particle Board)	-	100	-
6.8(Medium Density Fibre)	-	100	-
6.9(Alternative Materials)	-	100	-
7(Construction)	-	100	-
8.1(Locks)	-	100	-
8.2(Other Fittings)	-	100	-
9(Workmanship and Finish)	-	100	-
10(Tests)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.7(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.9(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 9(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
Clause 13(ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Width)	-	100	-
Clause 12(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	100	-
Clause 6.4.1(Commercial Face Veneers)	-	100	-
Clause 6.4.2(Decorative Face Veneers)	-	100	-
Clause 6.8(Medium density fibre board)	-	100	-
Clause 11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End immersion test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
14(Marking )	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Height)	-	200	-
11.1(Dimensions - Thickness)	-	200	-
11.1(Dimensions - Variation in thickness)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Squareness)	-	100	-
Clause 11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
Clause 4.2(grades specified)	-	100	-
Clause 5(SIZES)	-	100	-
Clause 11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.7(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.8(Buckling Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.9(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.10(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 14(Marking)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.1(species of timber)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.2(list of species)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.3(moisture content)	-	500	-
Clause 6.2.1(Plywood)	-	500	-
Clause 6.2.2(Decorative plywood)	-	500	-
Clause 6.3(Cross-Bands)	-	100	-
Clause 6.6.1(Adhesives)	-	500	-
Clause 6.7(Particle Board)	-	100	-
Clause 6.9(Alternative Materials)	-	100	-
Clause 7.1(Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
Clause 7.2(Particle Board or Medium Density Fibre)	-	100	-
Clause 7.3(Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
Clause 7.4(Levelling)	-	100	-
Clause 7.5(Face Panel)	-	100	-
Clause 7.6(Lipping)	-	100	-
Clause 7.7(Rebating)	-	100	-
Clause 7.8(Opening for Glazing)	-	100	-
Clause 7.9(Venetian)	-	100	-
Clause 8.1(Locks)	-	100	-
Clause 10.1(Classification of Tests)	-	100	-
9.1(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
9.2(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
9.3(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
4(GRADE)	-	100	-
4(TYPE)	-	100	-
5(SIZES)	-	100	-
7.1.1(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.1.1(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.1.2(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.3.2(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
7.3.2(a)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.2(b)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.2(c)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.3(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
9.1(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
9.2(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
9.3(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.7.1(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.7.2(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	100	-
11.9.2(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.9.3(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.10(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
4(Grade, Type and Construction)	-	100	-
5(Sizes and Thickness)	-	100	-
6.1(Timber)	-	100	-
6.2(Plywood for flush door shutter)	-	100	-
6.3(Cross-Bands )	-	100	-
6.4.1(Commercial Face Veneers)	-	100	-
6.4.2(Decorative face veneers)	-	100	-
6.6(Adhesives)	-	100	-
6.7(Particle Board)	-	100	-
6.8(Medium Density Fibre)	-	100	-
6.9(Alternative Materials)	-	100	-
7(Construction)	-	100	-
8.1(Locks)	-	100	-
8.2(Other Fittings)	-	100	-
9(Workmanship and Finish)	-	100	-
10(Tests)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.7(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.9(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 9(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
Clause 13(ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Width)	-	100	-
Clause 12(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	100	-
Clause 6.4.1(Commercial Face Veneers)	-	100	-
Clause 6.4.2(Decorative Face Veneers)	-	100	-
Clause 6.8(Medium density fibre board)	-	100	-
Clause 11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End immersion test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
14(Marking )	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Height)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Thickness)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Variation in thickness)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Squareness)	-	100	-
Clause 11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
Clause 4.2(grades specified)	-	100	-
Clause 5(SIZES)	-	100	-
Clause 11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.7(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.8(Buckling Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.9(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.10(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
Clause 11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	1500	-
Clause 11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	1000	-
Clause 14(Marking)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.1(species of timber)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.2(list of species)	-	100	-
Clause 6.1.3(moisture content)	-	100	-
Clause 6.2.1(Plywood)	-	100	-
Clause 6.2.2(Decorative plywood)	-	100	-
Clause 6.3(Cross-Bands)	-	100	-
Clause 6.6.1(Adhesives)	-	100	-
Clause 6.7(Particle Board)	-	100	-
Clause 6.9(Alternative Materials)	-	100	-
Clause 7.1(Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
Clause 7.2(Particle Board or Medium Density Fibre)	-	100	-
Clause 7.3(Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
Clause 7.4(Levelling)	-	100	-
Clause 7.5(Face Panel)	-	100	-
Clause 7.6(Lipping)	-	100	-
Clause 7.7(Rebating)	-	100	-
Clause 7.8(Opening for Glazing)	-	100	-
Clause 7.9(Venetian)	-	100	-
Clause 8.1(Locks)	-	100	-
Clause 10.1(Classification of Tests)	-	100	-
9.1(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
9.2(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
9.3(Workmanship & Finish)	-	100	-
4(GRADE)	-	100	-
4(TYPE)	-	100	-
5(SIZES)	-	100	-
7.1.1(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.1.1(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.1.2(CONSTRUCTION-Blockboard Core)	-	100	-
7.3.2(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
7.3.2(a)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.2(b)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.2(c)(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails-Joints)	-	100	-
7.3.3(CONSTRUCTION-Stiles and Rails)	-	100	-
9.1(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
9.2(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
9.3(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	200	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	200	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	500	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	500	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.7.1(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.7.2(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Test)	-	100	-
11.9.2(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.9.3(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.10(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
4(Grade, Type and Construction)	-	100	-
5(Sizes and Thickness)	-	100	-
6.1(Timber)	-	100	-
6.2(Plywood for flush door shutter)	-	100	-
6.3(Cross-Bands )	-	100	-
6.4.1(Commercial Face Veneers)	-	100	-
6.4.2(Decorative face veneers)	-	100	-
6.6(Adhesives)	-	100	-
6.7(Particle Board)	-	100	-
6.8(Medium Density Fibre)	-	100	-
6.9(Alternative Materials)	-	100	-
7(Construction)	-	100	-
8.1(Locks)	-	100	-
8.2(Other Fittings)	-	100	-
9(Workmanship and Finish)	-	100	-
10(Tests)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.2(General Flatness Test)	-	100	-
11.3(Local Planeness Test)	-	100	-
11.4(Impact Indentation Test)	-	100	-
11.5(Flexure Test)	-	100	-
11.6(Edge Loading Test)	-	100	-
11.7(Shock Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.8(Buckling Resistance Test)	-	100	-
11.9(Slamming Test)	-	100	-
11.1(Misuse Test)	-	100	-
11.11(Varying Humidity Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End Immersion Test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
11.15(Screw Withdrawal Resistance Test)	-	100	-
Clause 9(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	100	-
Clause 13(ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECO MARK)	-	100	-
11.1(Dimensions - Width)	-	100	-
Clause 12(SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY)	-	100	-
Clause 6.4.1(Commercial Face Veneers)	-	100	-
Clause 6.4.2(Decorative Face Veneers)	-	100	-
Clause 6.8(Medium density fibre board)	-	100	-
Clause 11.1(Dimensions and Squareness Test)	-	100	-
11.12(End immersion test)	-	100	-
11.13(Knife Test)	-	100	-
11.14(Glue Adhesion Test)	-	100	-
14(Marking )	-	100	-

07 Sep, 2028

-
Included w.e.f. 04.03.2024 Garde-MR/BWP, Type- BD/BN/PD/PN/MD/MN Range- Length-up to 2450mm Width- up to 1225mm Thickness- upto 60mm Designation- 8DS20 to 12DT21

10792

Sierra Aircon Pvt. Ltd., Gurugram

8163426

IS 1391 : Part 1 (2023)

Room Air Conditioners Specification Part 1 Unitary Air Conditioners Fourth Revision

Size

578000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
5((CONSTRUCTION ))	-	0	-
8(RATING AND TEST CONDITIONS)	-	0	Tests charges for various test is charged against each test.
8.1(Cooling Test)	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Cooling Capacity test
8.1.2((Maximum Operating Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Maximum Operating Test .
8.1.3((Freeze-Up Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Freeze-up test .
8.1.4((Enclosure Sweat Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Enclosure Sweat Test.
8.1.5((Condensate Disposal Test Conditions))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Condensate Disposal Test.
8.2((Heating Test))	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Heating Test.
8.2.1((Heating Capacity Test Conditions))	-	0	Covered under Heating test.
"8.2.2((Heating by Heat Pump Overload Rating Test Conditions (Maximum Heating Performance Test))")	-	0	Conditions followed while carrying out Heating by Heat Pump Overload rating Test (Maximum Heating Performance test)
"8.3((Method of Measurement of Indian Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (ISEER))")	-	0	Carried out along with Cooling Capacity test.
9((PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS))	-	0	Requirements followed while carrying out various tests.
9.1(Variations Allowed in Performance Test Conditions)	-	0	Applied to various tests as applicable.
9.2(Safety)	-	0	-
9.3(Power Factor Test)	-	0	Covered along with Cooling Capacity test.
9.4(Maximum Operating Conditions Test)	-	116000	-
9.5(Freeze-Up Tests)	-	116000	-
9.6(Enclosure Sweat Test)	-	68000	-
9.7(Condensate Disposal Test)	-	0	Covered along with Enclosure Sweat Test.
9.8(Power Consumption Test for Cooling)	-	0	Covered along with Cooling Capacity Test.
9.9(Power Consumption Test for Heating by Heat Pump)	-	0	Covered along with Heating Capacity test.
9.10(Cooling Capacity Test)	-	58000	For Variable speed unit, INR-58000/- extra will be charged for additional Half Load Cooling Capacity Test.
9.11(Heating Capacity Test)	-	58000	For Heating Transient test (if required) an additional INR-58000/- extra will be charged.
"9.12(Method of Measurement of Indian Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (ISEER)")	-	0	Method followed while carrying out Cooling Capacity Test.
9.13(Maximum Heating Performance Test)	-	116000	-
9.14(Sound Pressure Test)	-	29000	-
10(CALCULATIONS)	-	0	Followed while carrying out Cooling Capacity and Heating Capacity Test.
11(INSTRUMENTS)	-	0	Used as per test requirements and specifications.
12.1(Classification of Tests)	-	0	All production routine and type tests are covered.
12.2.2(Leakage Test)	-	0	Mandatory carried out prior to Cooling Capacity Test.
12.2.3(High Voltage Test)	-	5000	-
12.2.4(Leakage Current Test)	-	5000	-
"12.2.5(Provisions for Earthing (Earth Resistance Test)")	-	5000	-
12.3.3(Safety Tests)	-	2000	Charges taken for protection against access to the live part.
12.4.1(Performance Test)	-	0	All parameters covered under cooling capacity test.
12.4.2(Pressure Test or Leakage Test)	-	0	Mandatory carried out prior to Cooling Capacity Test.
12.4.3(Leakage Current Test)	-	0	already covered.
9.5.3(Air Blockage Test)	-	0	Covered under Freeze-up Test.
9.5.4(Drip Test)	-	0	Covered under Freeze-up Test.

31 Mar, 2028

-
Included w.e.f. 05.02.2024 Single-phase non-ducted unitary with single-stage two-stage, multi-stage, fixed and variable speed air conditoiners and heat pumps of rated capacity up to and including 10500 W Exclusion: Cl.5.2 (Electrically Charged Parts), Cl.5.3(Refrigerant Circuit), Cl.5.4(Provision for Earthing), Cl.5.5(Air Filter), Cl.5.6(Temperature Sensing Controls), Cl.5.7(Hermetic Compressors), Cl.5.8(Heat Exchanger), Cl.5.9(Motors), Cl. 5.10 (Drain Plug), Cl.6(RATING REQUIREMENTS), Cl.7(RATINGS BASED ON FUNCTION), Cl. 12.2.1(General Running Test), Cl. 12.4(Acceptance Test), Cl.13 (MARKING)

10793

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 368 (2014)

Electric immersion water heaters - Specification (Fifth Revision)

20200 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Cl.6 of IS 302-‐2-‐201:2008(Classification)	-	200	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	500	-
Cl.8 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Protection Against Access to Live Parts)	-	1000	-
Cl.10 of IS 302‐2‐201:2008(Power Input and Current )	-	1000	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	1000	-
Cl. 12 of IS 368:2014(Operation under overload conditions of appliances with heating elements)	-	1000	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Leakage Current & Electric Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	1000	-
Cl.14 of IS 302‐2-201:2008(Transient Over Voltages )	-	1000	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Moisture Resistance )	-	1000	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Leakage Current & Electric Strength)	-	1000	-
Cl.17 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Overload Protection of Transformers & Associated Circuits)	-	800	-
Cl.18 of IS 368:2014(Endurance)	-	1200	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	1000	-
Cl.20 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Stability & Mechanical Hazards)	-	500	-
Cl.21 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Mechanical Strength )	-	1000	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Construction)	-	1000	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	500	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	500	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	500	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	1000	-
Cl.28 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Screws & Connections )	-	500	-
Cl.29 of IS 302-2‐201:2008(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation )	-	1000	-
Cl.30 of IS 302-2‐201:2008(Resistance to Heat and Fire )	-	1000	-
Cl.31 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Resistance of Rusting )	-	500	-
Cl.32 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Radiation, Toxicity and Similar Hazards)	-	500	-
4(GENERAL REQUIREMENT)	-	0	-
5(GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-201: 2009(Leakage Current & Electric Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	0	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Moisture Resistance )	-	0	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Leakage Current & Electric Strength)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.21 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Mechanical Strength )	-	0	-
Cl.21 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Mechanical Strength )	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Construction)	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Construction)	-	0	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Construction)	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.29 of IS 302-2‐201:2008(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation )	-	0	-
Cl.30 of IS 302-2‐201:2008(Resistance to Heat and Fire )	-	0	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 19.11.4.1 (Electrostatic discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.2 (Radiated fields), Cl. 19.11.4.3 (Fast transient bursts), Cl. 19.11.4.4 (Surge immunity test), Cl. 19.11.4.5 (Immunity to conducted discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.6 (Class 3 Voltage dips and interruptions), Cl. 19.11.4.7 (Harmonics)

10794

Intertek India Private Limited (289-290), Gurugram

8166336

IS 3736 (1995)

Canvas boots, rubber sole - Specification (Second Revision)

Canvas boots, rubber sole - Specification

23500 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	NA
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	NA
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	1500	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	NA
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	NA
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	450	NA
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	NA
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	250	NA
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	NA
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	NA
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	1500	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	NA
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	NA
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	450	NA
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	NA
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	NA
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	NA
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	1500	NA
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	NA
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	NA
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	NA
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	NA
4.1.3.2(Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	NA
4.1.3(Cotton tape NEWAR)	-	550	NA
Table 2 (ii)(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	NA
4.1.6.2(Laces- Fastness to daylight)	-	1500	NA
4.1.6.3(Laces- Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	NA
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	1500	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	450	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	250	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.3.2(Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
4.1.3(Cotton tape NEWAR)	-	550	-
Table 2 (ii)(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6.2(Laces- Fastness to daylight)	-	1500	-
4.1.6.3(Laces- Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	500	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	500	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	1500	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	450	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.3.2(Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
4.1.3(Cotton tape NEWAR)	-	550	-
Table 2 (ii)(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6.3(Laces- Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	1500	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	450	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.3.2(Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
4.1.3(Cotton tape NEWAR)	-	550	-
Table 2 (ii)(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6.3(Laces- Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
4.1.6.2(Laces- Fastness to daylight)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	450	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	1200	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(The boots shall be also aged at 70 ± 1°C for 168 h, on completion of which the test pieces taken from the soles and heels of the boots shall conform to the physical requirements prescribed in Table 5. i) Tensile Length)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.4 Ageing(ii) Elongation at break)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(2)Hardness, IRHD)	-	450	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1( The boots shall be provided with braided of cotton or man made or blended fabric laces 115 ± 5 cm in length, matching the colour of the upper. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(d) Picks/dm)	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(195 ± 5 picks/dm shall be used.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(c) Ends/dm )	-	550	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(having 390 ± 10 ends/dm and )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 4) : 1987 IS 3400 (Part 2) : 1980(Change in initial hardness after accelerated ageing for 24 h at l00 ± 1°C)	-	550	-
Cl.4.8 Adhesion Test(From the upper foxing portion where it is adhered to the canvas cut a strip of 8.0 ± 0.5 mm width along with the length of the sole at the waist portion and of sufficient lengh to permit separation over a length of at least 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10 mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5):1986 or the Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value noted/recorded shall not be less than 8 N (0.8 kgf) for each of the test pieces ( see Note under 4.7 ).')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.9(From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Tensile strength in MPa, Min)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.3 Binding Material IS 1954:1990(Cotton tape NEWAR used as binding material shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in Table 2, when tested in accordance with the methods referred to in col 4 of Table 2. 1)Width, mm. Min )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.3(The top, side and front edges of the quarters and tongue shall be bound with cotton tape NEWAR of not less than 13 mm width using variety No. 29 thread.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.3 IS 3400 (Part 10) : 1977(Compression set, in percent. Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.4( The back of the quarter shall be reinforced with a strip, not less than 25 mm wide,of either upper material or canvas. In case of composite upper material the edges of the strip shall be bound by cotton tape ( NEWAR ). When canvas cloth is used the edges shall be folded and shall be stitched with two rows of stitching.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.7 Consolidation Test(From the quarter, cut a strip of 25.0 ± 0. 5 mm width along the length of the boot and of sufficient length to permit separation over a length of 75 mm. Carry out the test on two test pieces (one from each odd) at the rate of traverse of 100 ± 10mm per minute in accordance with IS 3400 (Part 5): 1986 or Static Dead Load Method as given in Annex C. The individual adhesion value for consolidation test shall not be less than 30 N (3.0 kgf) for each of the test pieces)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 1) : 1987(Elongation at break, in percent, Min)	-	550	-
IS 1969:1985(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The laces shall have a minimum breaking load of 450 N, when tested between 18 cm grips, the rate of traverse of power actuated grip being 30 cm/min.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles b)Cut growth at the end of 150 000 cycles, Percent, Max)	-	1200	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)(b) Weft )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( Table 1.)( in case of half bellow. Thefull bellow tongue shall be made out of canvas cloth as prescribed in Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Breaking load in N, Min a) Warp )	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(b)Weft)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper IS 1969(Breaking load in N.Min (5 × 20 cm grip): a) Wrap)	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material( 200 N Minin weft way (when tested in accordance with IS 1969 : 1985) )	-	250	-
4.1.2 Lining Material(For covering of the insole, cotton drill conforming to Table 1, Sl No. (ii) shall be used. For detachable insole, bleached cotton twill of breaking load 390 N Min in warp way and)	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1 upper(The upper shall consist of Rip Stop Fabric of cotton or manmade or its blend being the over layer and cotton drill as an inner layer and shall conform to the requirements given at Sl No. (i) of Table 1. Sr.no 1.Overlayer Construction )	-	250	-
Cl.4.1.1.2( Fastness to mechanical washing (mild) shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 764 : 1979)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.1.3.3( Black tapes shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.4 Reinforcement Material(The back seam, joining two quarters at the back of the heel shall be reinforced with a not less than 25 mm wide tape made out of material conforming to Sl No. (i) of Table 1)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5 Thread for Upper Closing Cl.4.1.5.1 (IS 1670:1991)(Sewing thread cotton, man made or blended shall be used for stitching of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 28 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 9 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirements. Sewing thread cotton, manmade or blended shall be used for binding of upper. For cotton variety thread shall conform to variety No. 32 of IS 1720. Polyester variety thread shall conform to variety No. 5 of IS 9543. Any other blend of thread would have breaking load not less than above referred requirement of specification.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.5.2( The colour of the threads shall be asagreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. The dyed threads shall conform to the following requirements)	-	550	-
4.1.6 Fabric Laces Cl.4.1.6.1(The two ends of the lace shall be provided with suitable metal or plastic tips. Black laces shall be free from sulphur dyes when tested in accordance with Annex B.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7 Rubber Components Cl.4.1.7.1( the soles and heels shall conform to Type 2 of IS 5676:1995.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 9) : 1978( The rubber components shall conform to Table 4 when tested.' ( Page 3, Table 4, Note 1) — 'However in case it is not possible then 4.2.5.3 of IS 13695:1993 shall be followed. 1)Relative density, Max)	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.5 Thickness of components(Individual components of the boots shall comply with the thickness and material requirements prescribed in Table 6.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.3 Leg Height(The leg height of the boots for size 8 shall be 160 ± 2 mm with an increase or decrease of 4 mm of the nominal height for each bigger or smaller sizes respectively when measured at the inside from the back of the boot from insole to the top.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.2( The canvas upper shall be lined with bleached drill cloth.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.4.3( The upper shall be stitched on a lockstitch machine, with 30 to 40 stitches per decimetre by thread of variety No. 8 and variety No. 29 cotton sewing thread conforming to 4.1.5 using variety No. 29 for taping and binding and variety No. 8 for remaining seams. )	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.5 ( The tongue shall be either half or full bellow depending on the requirement of the purchaser andshall be made from composite material prescribed for the upper in 4.1.1.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.6( A minimum of seven aluminium, brass or steel eyelets having 10 mm diameter and wall thickness 0.30 to 0.35 mm shall be fitted in each face.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.7( The toe shall be reinforced with a toe puff cemented inside and outside with rubber toe cap. The heel piece (counter) or stiffener shall be set from the bottom of the lining and bound flat on the top edge with white cloth for binding of countertop edge with white clothfor binding of counter)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.8( A strengthening rubber arch piece shall be firmly pasted and stitched at the middle arch of the inside quarter. Another strengthening rubber piece, circular in shape 35 ± 1 mm in diameter, may bepasted and stitched at the centre of the inside)	-	550	-
Cl.4.4.10( A 25 mm Min wide and 2 mm Min thick rubber golosh in serrated, diamond or any otherdesign, as agreed to between the purchaser and thesupplier, shall be fitted all round the sole edge of the boot. The golosh shall not extend below the edge of the sole.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.1(Cl.4.1.6.)( Each pair of boot shall be provided with a pair of braided fabric laces of the quality as prescribed in 4.1.6.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.5.2( In appearance, general workmanship, finish and in all other respects, not defined in this standard, the boot shall be similar to those of the sample approved by the purchaser, if any.)	-	550	-
Cl.4.6 Mass(The mass of finished boots, rubber sole, of size 8 shall not exceed 1130 g per pair, and the mass shall increase or decrease by 75 g per pair for each bigger or smaller size respectively.)	-	250	-
Cl.4.9 Composite Breaking Strength Test( From the upper of made up footwear representative sample of width 25 ± 0.5 mm width strip is to be cut along the length of the boot of enough length so as to make it convenient to allow a distance of minimum 30 mm between the jaws of the tensile machine.Rate of traverse of pulling jaw shall be 100 ± 5 mm per minute. Two such test pieces will be required to be obtained from the made up footwear and will be subjected to test to break each test piece. Mean value of each set of test pieces comprising of length wise and height wise test pieces will be 1 000 N/25 mm width minimum.')	-	550	-
Cl.4.1.7.2 IS 3400 (Part 16) : 1974(iii)Flexing resistance, number of cycles a)Initial crack, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.3.2(Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
4.1.3(Cotton tape NEWAR)	-	550	-
Table 2 (ii)(Breaking load on 50 cm test length. N, Min)	-	550	-
4.1.6.3(Laces- Fastness to mechanical washing (mild))	-	1500	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
4.1.1.1 Colour fastness(The dyed fabrics prescribed in 4.1.1 shall be fast to daylight and mechanical washing. Fastness to daylight shall be of rating 4 or better, when tested in accordance with IS 686 : 1985 or IS 2454 : 1985.)	-	1500	-
4.1.6.2(Laces- Fastness to daylight)	-	1500	-

05 Nov, 2026

-
Included w.e.f 06.09.2024 Colour fastness to light is restricted to method as per IS/ISO 105-B02 and for exposure cycle A1 only

10795

ABSOLUTE EXPERTISE TESTING LABORATORY LLP

8176726

IS 302 : Part 2 : Sec 201 (2008)

Safety of household and similar electrical appliances: Part 2 particular requirements: Sec 201 electric immersion water heaters (First Revision)

15000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
Cl.6 of IS 302-‐2-‐201:2008(Classification)	-	500	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	500	-
Cl.8 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Protection Against Access to Live Parts)	-	1000	-
Cl.10 of IS 302‐2‐201:2008(Power Input and Current )	-	1000	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	1000	-
Cl.13 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Leakage Current & Electric Strength at Operating Temperature)	-	1000	-
Cl.14 of IS 302‐2-201:2008(Transient Over Voltages )	-	1000	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Moisture Resistance )	-	1000	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Leakage Current & Electric Strength)	-	1000	-
Cl.17 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Overload Protection of Transformers & Associated Circuits)	-	1000	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	1000	-
Cl.20 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Stability & Mechanical Hazards)	-	1000	-
Cl.21 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Mechanical Strength )	-	1000	-
Cl.22 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Construction)	-	1000	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	500	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	500	-
Cl.26 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Terminals for External Conductors)	-	1000	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	1000	-
Cl.28 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Screws & Connections )	-	500	-
Cl.29 of IS 302-2‐201:2008(Clearances, Creepage Distances and Solid Insulation )	-	1000	-
Cl.30 of IS 302-2‐201:2008(Resistance to Heat and Fire )	-	1000	-
Cl.31 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Resistance of Rusting )	-	500	-
Cl.32 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Radiation, Toxicity and Similar Hazards)	-	500	-
4(GENERAL REQUIREMENTS)	-	0	-
5(GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS)	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.7 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Marking and Instruction )	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.11 of IS 302-2201: 2008(Heating)	-	0	-
Cl.15 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Moisture Resistance )	-	0	-
Cl.16 of IS 302-2-201:2008(Leakage Current & Electric Strength)	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.19 of IS 302‐2-201: 2008(Abnormal Operation )	-	0	-
Cl.21 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Mechanical Strength )	-	0	-
Cl.21 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Mechanical Strength )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.23 of 302-2-201:2008(Internal Wiring )	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.25 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Supply Connection and External Flexible Cords)	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-
Cl.27 of IS 302-2-201: 2008(Provision for Earthing )	-	0	-

11 Mar, 2027

-
Exclusion: Cl. 19.11.4.1 (Electrostatic discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.2 (Radiated fields), Cl. 19.11.4.3 (Fast transient bursts), Cl. 19.11.4.4 (Surge immunity test), Cl. 19.11.4.5 (Immunity to conducted discharges), Cl. 19.11.4.6 (Class 3 Voltage dips and interruptions), Cl. 19.11.4.7 (Harmonics)

10796

Atmy Analytical Labs Pvt. Ltd., Faridabad

8167506

IS 1285 (2023)

WROUGHT ALUMINIUM AND ALUMINIUM ALLOYS EXTRUDED ROUND TUBE AND HOLLOW SECTIONS FOR GENERAL ENGINEERINGPURPOSES SPECIFICATION

all

8000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Remark
6.1("The extruded round tube and hollow sections shall be sound and visually free from harmful defects. ")	-	-
6.2(Slight discoloration due to heat treatment, minor polishing marks and spiral marks due to roll straightening shall not be a cause for rejection.)	-	-
8("Dimensions and tolerances of the material shall be as laid down in the Indian Standards indicated below: a) Extruded round tube IS 2673; and b) Extruded hollow sections IS 6477.")	-	-
9(" Extruded round tubes and hollow sections shall be made from alloys specified in IS 733. 9.2 The chemical analysis of the material shall be carried out either in accordance with the methods specified in IS 504 (Part 1 to 12) and IS 504 (Part 13 to 16) or by any other established instrumental/chemical method. In case of any dispute the method specified in relevant parts of IS 504 shall be used as referee method. However, when the method is not given in IS 504, the referee method shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer. ")	-	-
10(Tensile test)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Aluminium- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Copper- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Magnesium- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Silicon- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Iron- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Manganese- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Zinc- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Titanium and/ or other grain refining elements- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Chromium- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Remarks (Ti+V) - IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Remarks (Cr+Mn) - IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-
Cl.9.1(Remarks (Total Impurities)- IS 504 and its parts or any other intrumental/chemical methods)	-	-

25 Feb, 2027

-
-

10797

Precision Laboratories LLP, Ahmedabad

7174106

IS 15410 (2003)

Containers for packaging of natural mineral water and packaged drinking water - Specification

10000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4.0 (chem)(MATERIAL)	-	250	-
4.2(Design, Shape & Dimension )	-	200	-
4.3(Workmanship, Finish & Appearance)	-	200	-
Cl. 4.4 (a)(Capacity)	-	300	-
4.4 , clause 5 of IS:2798:1998(Brimful capacity in ml)	-	300	-
4.5, IS:2798:1998(Wall thickness- Top , in mm )	-	100	-
4.5, IS:2798:1998(Wall thickness- Middle , in mm)	-	100	-
4.5, IS:2798:1998(Wall thickness- Bottom, in mm)	-	100	-
4.6.2(TRANSPARANCY)	-	500	-
4.6.3, clause 6 of IS:2798:1998(Leakage test- a. Closure leakage )	-	200	-
4.6.3, clause 6 of IS:2798:1998(Leakage test- b. Vibration leakage)	-	200	-
4.6.3, clause 6 of IS:2798:1998(Leakage test- c. Air pressure leakage)	-	200	-
4.6.4, clause 8 of IS:2798:1998(Drop test )	-	300	-
4.6.5 , IS:9845:1998 (chem)(Migration- a. Amount of extractive)	-	1500	-
4.6.5 , IS:9845:1998 (chem)(Migration- b. Amount of extractive)	-	1500	-
4.6.5.1 (chem)(Colour migration (Caps))	-	500	-
4.6.5.1 (chem)(Colour migration (Container))	-	500	-
4.6.2.1, Annex A(Transparency (Blue tint in polycarbonate & PET containers of 5 litre and above capacity))	-	500	-
4.6.6.a (chem)(Water Potability Test (a) Odour)	-	200	-
4.6.6.b (chem)(Water Potability Test (b) Taste)	-	200	-
4.6.5 , IS:9845:1998 (chem)(Migration of Caps - a. Amount of extractive)	-	1500	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (i)(Barium)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (ii)(Cobalt)	-	375	-
CL 4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3 (iii)(Copper)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (iv)(Iron)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (v)(Lithium)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (vi)(Manganese)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (vii)(Zinc)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (viii)(Antimony)	-	375	-
Cl.4.6.7.2 and 4.6.7.3, Table 3, (ix)(Phthalic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl) ester (DEHP))	-	1000	-

31 Oct, 2026

-
-

10798

Atmy Analytical Labs Pvt. Ltd., Faridabad

8167506

IS 2347 (2023)

DOMESTIC PRESSURE COOKER ï¿½ SPECIFICATION

ALL

32400 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Remark
4.1(Gross capacity)	-	-
4.2(Body Capacity)	-	-
5.1(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.2(Body and Lid )	-	-
5.1.3(Stainless steel pressure cooker)	-	-
5.1.4(Aluminium cooker )	-	-
5.2(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
5.3(Gasket)	-	-
5.4(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
5.5(Pressure Regulating Device )	-	-
5.6(Vent Seal Pin for Pressure Regulating Device )	-	-
5.7(Vent Pipe )	-	-
5.8(Vent Pipe Nut )	-	-
5.9(Spring )	-	-
5.1(Material of Rim )	-	-
5.11(Visual Pressure Indicator)	-	-
5.12(Gasket Release System)	-	-
6(Construction)	-	-
7(Workmanship and Finish )	-	-
8.1(Air Pressure Test )	-	-
8.2(Proof Pressure Test )	-	-
8.3(Operating Test for Pressure Regulating Device )	-	-
8.4(Test for Safety Relief Device )	-	-
8.5(Bursting Pressure Test )	-	-
8.6(Test for Removal of Lid under Pressure )	-	-
8.7(Test for Spring Loaded Mechanism )	-	-
8.8(Composite Cooker Base )	-	-
8.9(Aluminium induction compatible Base )	-	-
8.1(Handles of cooker )	-	-
8.11(External Coating)	-	-
8.12(Internal Coating )	-	-
8.13(Integral electrical heating)	-	-
8.14(Ply construction cooker Body )	-	-
8.15.1(Fragmentation Test )	-	-
8.15.2(Ball Drop Test )	-	-
8.15.3(Thermal Shock Test )	-	-
8.15.4(Free Fall Test)	-	-
8.17(Test for Effectiveness for Induction Bottom)	-	-
11(Marking )	-	-
12(Packing )	-	-
4(Capacity)	-	-
4.2(Body Capacity)	-	-
5.1.1(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.2(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.3(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.4(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.5(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.2.1(Destructive Type Safety Relief Device)	-	-
5.2.2(Resettable Type Safety Relief Device)	-	-
5.3(Gasket)	-	-
5.4(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
5.5(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
5.6(Vent Seal Pin for Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
5.7(Vent Pipe)	-	-
5.8(Vent Pipe Nut)	-	-
5.9(Spring)	-	-
5.10(Spring)	-	-
5.11(Visual Pressure Indicator)	-	-
5.12(Gasket Release System)	-	-
6(CONSTRUCTION)	-	-
6.1(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.1(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.1(Minimum Inside diameter of Vent Pipe.)	-	-
6.1.2(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.3(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.4(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.5(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.6(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.2(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.2.1(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.2.2(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.2.3(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.3.1(Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.3.2(Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.3.3(Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.4.1(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.4.1.1(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.4.2(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.4.2.1(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.5(CONSTRUCTION)	-	-
6.6(CONSTRUCTION)	-	-
6.7(Internal Level Marking)	-	-
6.8(Internal Level Marking)	-	-
7.1(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
7.2(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
8.17(Test for Effectiveness for Induction Bottom)	-	-
8.16(PRD with chain)	-	-
8.15.4.2(Glass lid without rim)	-	-
8.15.4.1("Free Fall Test ( Glass lid with rim) ")	-	-
8.15.3(Thermal Shock Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-	-
8.15.2(Ball Drop Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-	-
8.15.1(Fragmentation Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-	-
8.14(3 ply construction cooker body)	-	-
8.13(Pressure cooker with integral electrical heating)	-	-
8.12(Internal Coating)	-	-
7.3(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
7.4(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
8.1(Air Pressure Test)	-	-
8.2(Proof Pressure Test)	-	-
8.3.1(Operating Test for Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
8.4.1(Test for Safety Relief Device)	-	-
8.4.2(Test for Safety Relief Device)	-	-
8.4.2 NOTE(Test for Safety Relief Device)	-	-
8.5(Bursting Pressure Test)	-	-
8.6.1(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure For Outer Lid Cooker)	-	-
8.6.2(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure For inner Lid Cooker)	-	-
8.6.3(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure: For Cooker Fastened by Screw Clamps or Any Other Locking Device)	-	-
8.6.4(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure in case of electrical pressure cooker)	-	-
8.7(Test for Spring Loaded Mechanism)	-	-
8.8(Test for stainless steel cookers)	-	-
8.9("For stainless steel, aluminium induction compatible base and 3 ply cooker")	-	-
8.10(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 3(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 4(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 5(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 6(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10.1(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.11.1(External Coating)	-	-
4.1(Gross capacity)	-	-
4.2(Body Capacity)	-	-
5.1(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.2(Body and Lid )	-	-
5.1.3(Stainless steel pressure cooker)	-	-
5.1.4(Aluminium cooker )	-	-
5.2(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
5.3(Gasket)	-	-
5.4(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
5.5(Pressure Regulating Device )	-	-
5.6(Vent Seal Pin for Pressure Regulating Device )	-	-
5.7(Vent Pipe )	-	-
5.8(Vent Pipe Nut )	-	-
5.9(Spring )	-	-
5.1(Material of Rim )	-	-
5.11(Visual Pressure Indicator)	-	-
5.12(Gasket Release System)	-	-
6(Construction)	-	-
7(Workmanship and Finish )	-	-
8.1(Air Pressure Test )	-	-
8.2(Proof Pressure Test )	-	-
8.3(Operating Test for Pressure Regulating Device )	-	-
8.4(Test for Safety Relief Device )	-	-
8.5(Bursting Pressure Test )	-	-
8.6(Test for Removal of Lid under Pressure )	-	-
8.7(Test for Spring Loaded Mechanism )	-	-
8.8(Composite Cooker Base )	-	-
8.9(Aluminium induction compatible Base )	-	-
8.1(Handles of cooker )	-	-
8.11(External Coating)	-	-
8.12(Internal Coating )	-	-
8.13(Integral electrical heating)	-	-
8.14(Ply construction cooker Body )	-	-
8.15.1(Fragmentation Test )	-	-
8.15.2(Ball Drop Test )	-	-
8.15.3(Thermal Shock Test )	-	-
8.15.4(Free Fall Test)	-	-
8.17(Test for Effectiveness for Induction Bottom)	-	-
11(Marking )	-	-
12(Packing )	-	-
4(Capacity)	-	-
4.2(Body Capacity)	-	-
5.1.1(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.2(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.3(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.4(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.1.5(Body, Lid, Containers and Grid)	-	-
5.2.1(Destructive Type Safety Relief Device)	-	-
5.2.2(Resettable Type Safety Relief Device)	-	-
5.3(Gasket)	-	-
5.4(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
5.5(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
5.6(Vent Seal Pin for Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
5.7(Vent Pipe)	-	-
5.8(Vent Pipe Nut)	-	-
5.9(Spring)	-	-
5.10(Spring)	-	-
5.11(Visual Pressure Indicator)	-	-
5.12(Gasket Release System)	-	-
6(CONSTRUCTION)	-	-
6.1(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.1(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.1(Minimum Inside diameter of Vent Pipe.)	-	-
6.1.2(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.3(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.4(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.5(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.1.6(Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
6.2(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.2.1(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.2.2(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.2.3(Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.3.1(Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.3.2(Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.3.3(Temperature Responsive Safety Relief Device)	-	-
6.4.1(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.4.1.1(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.4.2(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.4.2.1(Handles and Knobs)	-	-
6.5(CONSTRUCTION)	-	-
6.6(CONSTRUCTION)	-	-
6.7(Internal Level Marking)	-	-
6.8(Internal Level Marking)	-	-
7.1(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
7.2(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
8.17(Test for Effectiveness for Induction Bottom)	-	-
8.16(PRD with chain)	-	-
8.15.4.2(Glass lid without rim)	-	-
8.15.4.1("Free Fall Test ( Glass lid with rim) ")	-	-
8.15.3(Thermal Shock Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-	-
8.15.2(Ball Drop Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-	-
8.15.1(Fragmentation Test on Tempered Glass lid)	-	-
8.14(3 ply construction cooker body)	-	-
8.13(Pressure cooker with integral electrical heating)	-	-
8.12(Internal Coating)	-	-
7.3(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
7.4(WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH)	-	-
8.1(Air Pressure Test)	-	-
8.2(Proof Pressure Test)	-	-
8.3.1(Operating Test for Pressure Regulating Device)	-	-
8.4.1(Test for Safety Relief Device)	-	-
8.4.2(Test for Safety Relief Device)	-	-
8.4.2 NOTE(Test for Safety Relief Device)	-	-
8.5(Bursting Pressure Test)	-	-
8.6.1(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure For Outer Lid Cooker)	-	-
8.6.2(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure For inner Lid Cooker)	-	-
8.6.3(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure: For Cooker Fastened by Screw Clamps or Any Other Locking Device)	-	-
8.6.4(Tests for Removal of Lid under Pressure in case of electrical pressure cooker)	-	-
8.7(Test for Spring Loaded Mechanism)	-	-
8.8(Test for stainless steel cookers)	-	-
8.9("For stainless steel, aluminium induction compatible base and 3 ply cooker")	-	-
8.10(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 3(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 4(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 5(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10 Note 6(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.10.1(Testing of Handles of the cooker)	-	-
8.11.1(External Coating)	-	-

25 Feb, 2027

-
-

10799

JBS TESTING SOLUTIONS PVT LTD (27), JALANDHAR

9164606

IS 1363 : Part 1 (2023)

Hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts of product grade C Part 1 Hexagon head bolts (Size range M5 to M64) (sixth revision)

17000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
4(Dimensions)	-	7000	For dimensional and other tests
5 - Table 5 (i)(General requirements)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
5 - Table 5 (ii)(Thread)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
5 - Table 5 (iii)(Mechanical properties)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
5 - Table 5 (iv)(Tolerances)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
5 - Table 5 (v)(Surface condition)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
5 - Table 5 (vi)(Surface integrity)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
5 - Table 5 (vii)(Acceptability)	-	10000	For complete mechanical tests
6(Marking and labelling)	-	7000	For dimensional and other tests
7(Designation)	-	7000	For dimensional and other tests
4(Dimensions)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (i)(General requirements)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (ii)(Thread)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (iii)(Mechanical properties)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (iv)(Tolerances)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (v)(Surface condition)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (vi)(Surface integrity)	-	-	-
5 - Table 5 (vii)(Acceptability)	-	-	-
6(Marking and labelling)	-	-	-
7(Designation)	-	-	-

-
Revised version of IS 1363(P-1):2023 Included w.e.f. 30.05.2024

10800

Bharti Automation Pvt. Ltd.(A Testing Division), Gurugram

8141726

IS 398 : Part 2 (1996)

Aluminium conductors for overhead transmission purposes - Specification: Part 2 aluminium conuuctors, galvanized steel - Reinforced (Third Revision)

10000 View breakup
-

Clause No.	Exclusion	Testing Charges (Excl. Of Taxes)	Remark
13.4.2 (elec)(Ductility by Elongation Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.2 (elec)(Ductility by Elongation Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.6 (elec)(Resistance test-Aluminium wire before Stranding)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.6 (elec)(Resistance test-Aluminium wire after stranding)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.7.2 (elec)(Uniformity of Zinc coating)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.7.2 (elec)(Mass of Zinc coating)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.2 (elec)(Wrapping Test Galvanized Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.2 (elec)(Wrapping Test Galvanized Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.1 (elec)(Wrapping Test Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.1 (elec)(Wrapping Test Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Steel Core (6 Wire Layer))	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Innermost Layer of Conductors with 3 Aluminium Wire Layers)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Layer Immediately Beneath Outermost Layer)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Outermost Layer)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 2 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 2 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
10 (elec)(Stranding)	-	0	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table 2 (elec)(Diameter of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table-1 (elec)(Diameter of Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table 2 (elec)(Diameter of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table-1 (elec)(Diameter of Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (mech)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.2 (elec)(Ductility by Elongation Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.2 (elec)(Ductility by Elongation Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.6 (elec)(Resistance test-Aluminium wire before Stranding)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.6 (elec)(Resistance test-Aluminium wire after stranding)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.7.2 (elec)(Uniformity of Zinc coating)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.7.2 (elec)(Mass of Zinc coating)	-	750	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.2 (elec)(Wrapping Test Galvanized Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.2 (elec)(Wrapping Test Galvanized Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.1 (elec)(Wrapping Test Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.5.1 (elec)(Wrapping Test Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	300	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Steel Core (6 Wire Layer))	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Innermost Layer of Conductors with 3 Aluminium Wire Layers)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Layer Immediately Beneath Outermost Layer)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Outermost Layer)	-	250	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 2 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 2 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
10 (elec)(Stranding)	-	0	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table 2 (elec)(Diameter of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table-1 (elec)(Diameter of Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table 2 (elec)(Diameter of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table-1 (elec)(Diameter of Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	350	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.1 (mech)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	500	Only upto 100 sqmm Rs. 10000/- up to & including 100 sqmm
13.4.2 (elec)(Ductility by Elongation Test before stranding)	-	-	-
13.4.2 (elec)(Ductility by Elongation Test after stranding)	-	-	-
13.6 (elec)(Resistance test-Aluminium wire before Stranding)	-	-	-
13.6 (elec)(Resistance test-Aluminium wire after stranding)	-	-	-
13.7.2 (elec)(Uniformity of Zinc coating)	-	-	-
13.7.2 (elec)(Mass of Zinc coating)	-	-	-
13.5.2 (elec)(Wrapping Test Galvanized Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
13.5.2 (elec)(Wrapping Test Galvanized Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
13.5.1 (elec)(Wrapping Test Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
13.5.1 (elec)(Wrapping Test Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Steel Core (6 Wire Layer))	-	-	-
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Innermost Layer of Conductors with 3 Aluminium Wire Layers)	-	-	-
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Layer Immediately Beneath Outermost Layer)	-	-	-
13.8 Table-4 (elec)(Lay Ratio- Aluminium Wire Outermost Layer)	-	-	-
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	-	-
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test after stranding)	-	-	-
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	-	-
13.4.1 (elec)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	-	-
13.3 Table 2 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
13.3 Table 2 (elec)(Breaking Load of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
13.3 Table 1 (elec)(Breaking Load of Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
10 (elec)(Stranding)	-	-	-
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table 2 (elec)(Diameter of Steel Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table-1 (elec)(Diameter of Aluminium Wires After Stranding)	-	-	-
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table 2 (elec)(Diameter of Steel Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
8.1.1 & 13.2 Table-1 (elec)(Diameter of Aluminium Wires Before Stranding)	-	-	-
13.4.1 (mech)(Ductility by Torsion Test before stranding)	-	-	-

05 Aug, 2027

-
-

Bureau of Indian Standards

The National Standards Body of India

Search by IS Number